xref: /sqlite-3.40.0/src/pager.c (revision 554cb87d)
1 /*
2 ** 2001 September 15
3 **
4 ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
5 ** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
6 **
7 **    May you do good and not evil.
8 **    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
9 **    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
10 **
11 *************************************************************************
12 ** This is the implementation of the page cache subsystem or "pager".
13 **
14 ** The pager is used to access a database disk file.  It implements
15 ** atomic commit and rollback through the use of a journal file that
16 ** is separate from the database file.  The pager also implements file
17 ** locking to prevent two processes from writing the same database
18 ** file simultaneously, or one process from reading the database while
19 ** another is writing.
20 */
21 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO
22 #include "sqliteInt.h"
23 #include "wal.h"
24 
25 
26 /******************* NOTES ON THE DESIGN OF THE PAGER ************************
27 **
28 ** This comment block describes invariants that hold when using a rollback
29 ** journal.  These invariants do not apply for journal_mode=WAL,
30 ** journal_mode=MEMORY, or journal_mode=OFF.
31 **
32 ** Within this comment block, a page is deemed to have been synced
33 ** automatically as soon as it is written when PRAGMA synchronous=OFF.
34 ** Otherwise, the page is not synced until the xSync method of the VFS
35 ** is called successfully on the file containing the page.
36 **
37 ** Definition:  A page of the database file is said to be "overwriteable" if
38 ** one or more of the following are true about the page:
39 **
40 **     (a)  The original content of the page as it was at the beginning of
41 **          the transaction has been written into the rollback journal and
42 **          synced.
43 **
44 **     (b)  The page was a freelist leaf page at the start of the transaction.
45 **
46 **     (c)  The page number is greater than the largest page that existed in
47 **          the database file at the start of the transaction.
48 **
49 ** (1) A page of the database file is never overwritten unless one of the
50 **     following are true:
51 **
52 **     (a) The page and all other pages on the same sector are overwriteable.
53 **
54 **     (b) The atomic page write optimization is enabled, and the entire
55 **         transaction other than the update of the transaction sequence
56 **         number consists of a single page change.
57 **
58 ** (2) The content of a page written into the rollback journal exactly matches
59 **     both the content in the database when the rollback journal was written
60 **     and the content in the database at the beginning of the current
61 **     transaction.
62 **
63 ** (3) Writes to the database file are an integer multiple of the page size
64 **     in length and are aligned on a page boundary.
65 **
66 ** (4) Reads from the database file are either aligned on a page boundary and
67 **     an integer multiple of the page size in length or are taken from the
68 **     first 100 bytes of the database file.
69 **
70 ** (5) All writes to the database file are synced prior to the rollback journal
71 **     being deleted, truncated, or zeroed.
72 **
73 ** (6) If a super-journal file is used, then all writes to the database file
74 **     are synced prior to the super-journal being deleted.
75 **
76 ** Definition: Two databases (or the same database at two points it time)
77 ** are said to be "logically equivalent" if they give the same answer to
78 ** all queries.  Note in particular the content of freelist leaf
79 ** pages can be changed arbitrarily without affecting the logical equivalence
80 ** of the database.
81 **
82 ** (7) At any time, if any subset, including the empty set and the total set,
83 **     of the unsynced changes to a rollback journal are removed and the
84 **     journal is rolled back, the resulting database file will be logically
85 **     equivalent to the database file at the beginning of the transaction.
86 **
87 ** (8) When a transaction is rolled back, the xTruncate method of the VFS
88 **     is called to restore the database file to the same size it was at
89 **     the beginning of the transaction.  (In some VFSes, the xTruncate
90 **     method is a no-op, but that does not change the fact the SQLite will
91 **     invoke it.)
92 **
93 ** (9) Whenever the database file is modified, at least one bit in the range
94 **     of bytes from 24 through 39 inclusive will be changed prior to releasing
95 **     the EXCLUSIVE lock, thus signaling other connections on the same
96 **     database to flush their caches.
97 **
98 ** (10) The pattern of bits in bytes 24 through 39 shall not repeat in less
99 **      than one billion transactions.
100 **
101 ** (11) A database file is well-formed at the beginning and at the conclusion
102 **      of every transaction.
103 **
104 ** (12) An EXCLUSIVE lock is held on the database file when writing to
105 **      the database file.
106 **
107 ** (13) A SHARED lock is held on the database file while reading any
108 **      content out of the database file.
109 **
110 ******************************************************************************/
111 
112 /*
113 ** Macros for troubleshooting.  Normally turned off
114 */
115 #if 0
116 int sqlite3PagerTrace=1;  /* True to enable tracing */
117 #define sqlite3DebugPrintf printf
118 #define PAGERTRACE(X)     if( sqlite3PagerTrace ){ sqlite3DebugPrintf X; }
119 #else
120 #define PAGERTRACE(X)
121 #endif
122 
123 /*
124 ** The following two macros are used within the PAGERTRACE() macros above
125 ** to print out file-descriptors.
126 **
127 ** PAGERID() takes a pointer to a Pager struct as its argument. The
128 ** associated file-descriptor is returned. FILEHANDLEID() takes an sqlite3_file
129 ** struct as its argument.
130 */
131 #define PAGERID(p) (SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(p->fd))
132 #define FILEHANDLEID(fd) (SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(fd))
133 
134 /*
135 ** The Pager.eState variable stores the current 'state' of a pager. A
136 ** pager may be in any one of the seven states shown in the following
137 ** state diagram.
138 **
139 **                            OPEN <------+------+
140 **                              |         |      |
141 **                              V         |      |
142 **               +---------> READER-------+      |
143 **               |              |                |
144 **               |              V                |
145 **               |<-------WRITER_LOCKED------> ERROR
146 **               |              |                ^
147 **               |              V                |
148 **               |<------WRITER_CACHEMOD-------->|
149 **               |              |                |
150 **               |              V                |
151 **               |<-------WRITER_DBMOD---------->|
152 **               |              |                |
153 **               |              V                |
154 **               +<------WRITER_FINISHED-------->+
155 **
156 **
157 ** List of state transitions and the C [function] that performs each:
158 **
159 **   OPEN              -> READER              [sqlite3PagerSharedLock]
160 **   READER            -> OPEN                [pager_unlock]
161 **
162 **   READER            -> WRITER_LOCKED       [sqlite3PagerBegin]
163 **   WRITER_LOCKED     -> WRITER_CACHEMOD     [pager_open_journal]
164 **   WRITER_CACHEMOD   -> WRITER_DBMOD        [syncJournal]
165 **   WRITER_DBMOD      -> WRITER_FINISHED     [sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne]
166 **   WRITER_***        -> READER              [pager_end_transaction]
167 **
168 **   WRITER_***        -> ERROR               [pager_error]
169 **   ERROR             -> OPEN                [pager_unlock]
170 **
171 **
172 **  OPEN:
173 **
174 **    The pager starts up in this state. Nothing is guaranteed in this
175 **    state - the file may or may not be locked and the database size is
176 **    unknown. The database may not be read or written.
177 **
178 **    * No read or write transaction is active.
179 **    * Any lock, or no lock at all, may be held on the database file.
180 **    * The dbSize, dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables may not be trusted.
181 **
182 **  READER:
183 **
184 **    In this state all the requirements for reading the database in
185 **    rollback (non-WAL) mode are met. Unless the pager is (or recently
186 **    was) in exclusive-locking mode, a user-level read transaction is
187 **    open. The database size is known in this state.
188 **
189 **    A connection running with locking_mode=normal enters this state when
190 **    it opens a read-transaction on the database and returns to state
191 **    OPEN after the read-transaction is completed. However a connection
192 **    running in locking_mode=exclusive (including temp databases) remains in
193 **    this state even after the read-transaction is closed. The only way
194 **    a locking_mode=exclusive connection can transition from READER to OPEN
195 **    is via the ERROR state (see below).
196 **
197 **    * A read transaction may be active (but a write-transaction cannot).
198 **    * A SHARED or greater lock is held on the database file.
199 **    * The dbSize variable may be trusted (even if a user-level read
200 **      transaction is not active). The dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables
201 **      may not be trusted at this point.
202 **    * If the database is a WAL database, then the WAL connection is open.
203 **    * Even if a read-transaction is not open, it is guaranteed that
204 **      there is no hot-journal in the file-system.
205 **
206 **  WRITER_LOCKED:
207 **
208 **    The pager moves to this state from READER when a write-transaction
209 **    is first opened on the database. In WRITER_LOCKED state, all locks
210 **    required to start a write-transaction are held, but no actual
211 **    modifications to the cache or database have taken place.
212 **
213 **    In rollback mode, a RESERVED or (if the transaction was opened with
214 **    BEGIN EXCLUSIVE) EXCLUSIVE lock is obtained on the database file when
215 **    moving to this state, but the journal file is not written to or opened
216 **    to in this state. If the transaction is committed or rolled back while
217 **    in WRITER_LOCKED state, all that is required is to unlock the database
218 **    file.
219 **
220 **    IN WAL mode, WalBeginWriteTransaction() is called to lock the log file.
221 **    If the connection is running with locking_mode=exclusive, an attempt
222 **    is made to obtain an EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file.
223 **
224 **    * A write transaction is active.
225 **    * If the connection is open in rollback-mode, a RESERVED or greater
226 **      lock is held on the database file.
227 **    * If the connection is open in WAL-mode, a WAL write transaction
228 **      is open (i.e. sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction() has been successfully
229 **      called).
230 **    * The dbSize, dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables are all valid.
231 **    * The contents of the pager cache have not been modified.
232 **    * The journal file may or may not be open.
233 **    * Nothing (not even the first header) has been written to the journal.
234 **
235 **  WRITER_CACHEMOD:
236 **
237 **    A pager moves from WRITER_LOCKED state to this state when a page is
238 **    first modified by the upper layer. In rollback mode the journal file
239 **    is opened (if it is not already open) and a header written to the
240 **    start of it. The database file on disk has not been modified.
241 **
242 **    * A write transaction is active.
243 **    * A RESERVED or greater lock is held on the database file.
244 **    * The journal file is open and the first header has been written
245 **      to it, but the header has not been synced to disk.
246 **    * The contents of the page cache have been modified.
247 **
248 **  WRITER_DBMOD:
249 **
250 **    The pager transitions from WRITER_CACHEMOD into WRITER_DBMOD state
251 **    when it modifies the contents of the database file. WAL connections
252 **    never enter this state (since they do not modify the database file,
253 **    just the log file).
254 **
255 **    * A write transaction is active.
256 **    * An EXCLUSIVE or greater lock is held on the database file.
257 **    * The journal file is open and the first header has been written
258 **      and synced to disk.
259 **    * The contents of the page cache have been modified (and possibly
260 **      written to disk).
261 **
262 **  WRITER_FINISHED:
263 **
264 **    It is not possible for a WAL connection to enter this state.
265 **
266 **    A rollback-mode pager changes to WRITER_FINISHED state from WRITER_DBMOD
267 **    state after the entire transaction has been successfully written into the
268 **    database file. In this state the transaction may be committed simply
269 **    by finalizing the journal file. Once in WRITER_FINISHED state, it is
270 **    not possible to modify the database further. At this point, the upper
271 **    layer must either commit or rollback the transaction.
272 **
273 **    * A write transaction is active.
274 **    * An EXCLUSIVE or greater lock is held on the database file.
275 **    * All writing and syncing of journal and database data has finished.
276 **      If no error occurred, all that remains is to finalize the journal to
277 **      commit the transaction. If an error did occur, the caller will need
278 **      to rollback the transaction.
279 **
280 **  ERROR:
281 **
282 **    The ERROR state is entered when an IO or disk-full error (including
283 **    SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM) occurs at a point in the code that makes it
284 **    difficult to be sure that the in-memory pager state (cache contents,
285 **    db size etc.) are consistent with the contents of the file-system.
286 **
287 **    Temporary pager files may enter the ERROR state, but in-memory pagers
288 **    cannot.
289 **
290 **    For example, if an IO error occurs while performing a rollback,
291 **    the contents of the page-cache may be left in an inconsistent state.
292 **    At this point it would be dangerous to change back to READER state
293 **    (as usually happens after a rollback). Any subsequent readers might
294 **    report database corruption (due to the inconsistent cache), and if
295 **    they upgrade to writers, they may inadvertently corrupt the database
296 **    file. To avoid this hazard, the pager switches into the ERROR state
297 **    instead of READER following such an error.
298 **
299 **    Once it has entered the ERROR state, any attempt to use the pager
300 **    to read or write data returns an error. Eventually, once all
301 **    outstanding transactions have been abandoned, the pager is able to
302 **    transition back to OPEN state, discarding the contents of the
303 **    page-cache and any other in-memory state at the same time. Everything
304 **    is reloaded from disk (and, if necessary, hot-journal rollback peformed)
305 **    when a read-transaction is next opened on the pager (transitioning
306 **    the pager into READER state). At that point the system has recovered
307 **    from the error.
308 **
309 **    Specifically, the pager jumps into the ERROR state if:
310 **
311 **      1. An error occurs while attempting a rollback. This happens in
312 **         function sqlite3PagerRollback().
313 **
314 **      2. An error occurs while attempting to finalize a journal file
315 **         following a commit in function sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo().
316 **
317 **      3. An error occurs while attempting to write to the journal or
318 **         database file in function pagerStress() in order to free up
319 **         memory.
320 **
321 **    In other cases, the error is returned to the b-tree layer. The b-tree
322 **    layer then attempts a rollback operation. If the error condition
323 **    persists, the pager enters the ERROR state via condition (1) above.
324 **
325 **    Condition (3) is necessary because it can be triggered by a read-only
326 **    statement executed within a transaction. In this case, if the error
327 **    code were simply returned to the user, the b-tree layer would not
328 **    automatically attempt a rollback, as it assumes that an error in a
329 **    read-only statement cannot leave the pager in an internally inconsistent
330 **    state.
331 **
332 **    * The Pager.errCode variable is set to something other than SQLITE_OK.
333 **    * There are one or more outstanding references to pages (after the
334 **      last reference is dropped the pager should move back to OPEN state).
335 **    * The pager is not an in-memory pager.
336 **
337 **
338 ** Notes:
339 **
340 **   * A pager is never in WRITER_DBMOD or WRITER_FINISHED state if the
341 **     connection is open in WAL mode. A WAL connection is always in one
342 **     of the first four states.
343 **
344 **   * Normally, a connection open in exclusive mode is never in PAGER_OPEN
345 **     state. There are two exceptions: immediately after exclusive-mode has
346 **     been turned on (and before any read or write transactions are
347 **     executed), and when the pager is leaving the "error state".
348 **
349 **   * See also: assert_pager_state().
350 */
351 #define PAGER_OPEN                  0
352 #define PAGER_READER                1
353 #define PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED         2
354 #define PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD       3
355 #define PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD          4
356 #define PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED       5
357 #define PAGER_ERROR                 6
358 
359 /*
360 ** The Pager.eLock variable is almost always set to one of the
361 ** following locking-states, according to the lock currently held on
362 ** the database file: NO_LOCK, SHARED_LOCK, RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
363 ** This variable is kept up to date as locks are taken and released by
364 ** the pagerLockDb() and pagerUnlockDb() wrappers.
365 **
366 ** If the VFS xLock() or xUnlock() returns an error other than SQLITE_BUSY
367 ** (i.e. one of the SQLITE_IOERR subtypes), it is not clear whether or not
368 ** the operation was successful. In these circumstances pagerLockDb() and
369 ** pagerUnlockDb() take a conservative approach - eLock is always updated
370 ** when unlocking the file, and only updated when locking the file if the
371 ** VFS call is successful. This way, the Pager.eLock variable may be set
372 ** to a less exclusive (lower) value than the lock that is actually held
373 ** at the system level, but it is never set to a more exclusive value.
374 **
375 ** This is usually safe. If an xUnlock fails or appears to fail, there may
376 ** be a few redundant xLock() calls or a lock may be held for longer than
377 ** required, but nothing really goes wrong.
378 **
379 ** The exception is when the database file is unlocked as the pager moves
380 ** from ERROR to OPEN state. At this point there may be a hot-journal file
381 ** in the file-system that needs to be rolled back (as part of an OPEN->SHARED
382 ** transition, by the same pager or any other). If the call to xUnlock()
383 ** fails at this point and the pager is left holding an EXCLUSIVE lock, this
384 ** can confuse the call to xCheckReservedLock() call made later as part
385 ** of hot-journal detection.
386 **
387 ** xCheckReservedLock() is defined as returning true "if there is a RESERVED
388 ** lock held by this process or any others". So xCheckReservedLock may
389 ** return true because the caller itself is holding an EXCLUSIVE lock (but
390 ** doesn't know it because of a previous error in xUnlock). If this happens
391 ** a hot-journal may be mistaken for a journal being created by an active
392 ** transaction in another process, causing SQLite to read from the database
393 ** without rolling it back.
394 **
395 ** To work around this, if a call to xUnlock() fails when unlocking the
396 ** database in the ERROR state, Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK. It
397 ** is only changed back to a real locking state after a successful call
398 ** to xLock(EXCLUSIVE). Also, the code to do the OPEN->SHARED state transition
399 ** omits the check for a hot-journal if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK
400 ** lock. Instead, it assumes a hot-journal exists and obtains an EXCLUSIVE
401 ** lock on the database file before attempting to roll it back. See function
402 ** PagerSharedLock() for more detail.
403 **
404 ** Pager.eLock may only be set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when the pager is in
405 ** PAGER_OPEN state.
406 */
407 #define UNKNOWN_LOCK                (EXCLUSIVE_LOCK+1)
408 
409 /*
410 ** The maximum allowed sector size. 64KiB. If the xSectorsize() method
411 ** returns a value larger than this, then MAX_SECTOR_SIZE is used instead.
412 ** This could conceivably cause corruption following a power failure on
413 ** such a system. This is currently an undocumented limit.
414 */
415 #define MAX_SECTOR_SIZE 0x10000
416 
417 
418 /*
419 ** An instance of the following structure is allocated for each active
420 ** savepoint and statement transaction in the system. All such structures
421 ** are stored in the Pager.aSavepoint[] array, which is allocated and
422 ** resized using sqlite3Realloc().
423 **
424 ** When a savepoint is created, the PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset field is
425 ** set to 0. If a journal-header is written into the main journal while
426 ** the savepoint is active, then iHdrOffset is set to the byte offset
427 ** immediately following the last journal record written into the main
428 ** journal before the journal-header. This is required during savepoint
429 ** rollback (see pagerPlaybackSavepoint()).
430 */
431 typedef struct PagerSavepoint PagerSavepoint;
432 struct PagerSavepoint {
433   i64 iOffset;                 /* Starting offset in main journal */
434   i64 iHdrOffset;              /* See above */
435   Bitvec *pInSavepoint;        /* Set of pages in this savepoint */
436   Pgno nOrig;                  /* Original number of pages in file */
437   Pgno iSubRec;                /* Index of first record in sub-journal */
438   int bTruncateOnRelease;      /* If stmt journal may be truncated on RELEASE */
439 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
440   u32 aWalData[WAL_SAVEPOINT_NDATA];        /* WAL savepoint context */
441 #endif
442 };
443 
444 /*
445 ** Bits of the Pager.doNotSpill flag.  See further description below.
446 */
447 #define SPILLFLAG_OFF         0x01 /* Never spill cache.  Set via pragma */
448 #define SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK    0x02 /* Current rolling back, so do not spill */
449 #define SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC      0x04 /* Spill is ok, but do not sync */
450 
451 /*
452 ** An open page cache is an instance of struct Pager. A description of
453 ** some of the more important member variables follows:
454 **
455 ** eState
456 **
457 **   The current 'state' of the pager object. See the comment and state
458 **   diagram above for a description of the pager state.
459 **
460 ** eLock
461 **
462 **   For a real on-disk database, the current lock held on the database file -
463 **   NO_LOCK, SHARED_LOCK, RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
464 **
465 **   For a temporary or in-memory database (neither of which require any
466 **   locks), this variable is always set to EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. Since such
467 **   databases always have Pager.exclusiveMode==1, this tricks the pager
468 **   logic into thinking that it already has all the locks it will ever
469 **   need (and no reason to release them).
470 **
471 **   In some (obscure) circumstances, this variable may also be set to
472 **   UNKNOWN_LOCK. See the comment above the #define of UNKNOWN_LOCK for
473 **   details.
474 **
475 ** changeCountDone
476 **
477 **   This boolean variable is used to make sure that the change-counter
478 **   (the 4-byte header field at byte offset 24 of the database file) is
479 **   not updated more often than necessary.
480 **
481 **   It is set to true when the change-counter field is updated, which
482 **   can only happen if an exclusive lock is held on the database file.
483 **   It is cleared (set to false) whenever an exclusive lock is
484 **   relinquished on the database file. Each time a transaction is committed,
485 **   The changeCountDone flag is inspected. If it is true, the work of
486 **   updating the change-counter is omitted for the current transaction.
487 **
488 **   This mechanism means that when running in exclusive mode, a connection
489 **   need only update the change-counter once, for the first transaction
490 **   committed.
491 **
492 ** setSuper
493 **
494 **   When PagerCommitPhaseOne() is called to commit a transaction, it may
495 **   (or may not) specify a super-journal name to be written into the
496 **   journal file before it is synced to disk.
497 **
498 **   Whether or not a journal file contains a super-journal pointer affects
499 **   the way in which the journal file is finalized after the transaction is
500 **   committed or rolled back when running in "journal_mode=PERSIST" mode.
501 **   If a journal file does not contain a super-journal pointer, it is
502 **   finalized by overwriting the first journal header with zeroes. If
503 **   it does contain a super-journal pointer the journal file is finalized
504 **   by truncating it to zero bytes, just as if the connection were
505 **   running in "journal_mode=truncate" mode.
506 **
507 **   Journal files that contain super-journal pointers cannot be finalized
508 **   simply by overwriting the first journal-header with zeroes, as the
509 **   super-journal pointer could interfere with hot-journal rollback of any
510 **   subsequently interrupted transaction that reuses the journal file.
511 **
512 **   The flag is cleared as soon as the journal file is finalized (either
513 **   by PagerCommitPhaseTwo or PagerRollback). If an IO error prevents the
514 **   journal file from being successfully finalized, the setSuper flag
515 **   is cleared anyway (and the pager will move to ERROR state).
516 **
517 ** doNotSpill
518 **
519 **   This variables control the behavior of cache-spills  (calls made by
520 **   the pcache module to the pagerStress() routine to write cached data
521 **   to the file-system in order to free up memory).
522 **
523 **   When bits SPILLFLAG_OFF or SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK of doNotSpill are set,
524 **   writing to the database from pagerStress() is disabled altogether.
525 **   The SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK case is done in a very obscure case that
526 **   comes up during savepoint rollback that requires the pcache module
527 **   to allocate a new page to prevent the journal file from being written
528 **   while it is being traversed by code in pager_playback().  The SPILLFLAG_OFF
529 **   case is a user preference.
530 **
531 **   If the SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC bit is set, writing to the database from
532 **   pagerStress() is permitted, but syncing the journal file is not.
533 **   This flag is set by sqlite3PagerWrite() when the file-system sector-size
534 **   is larger than the database page-size in order to prevent a journal sync
535 **   from happening in between the journalling of two pages on the same sector.
536 **
537 ** subjInMemory
538 **
539 **   This is a boolean variable. If true, then any required sub-journal
540 **   is opened as an in-memory journal file. If false, then in-memory
541 **   sub-journals are only used for in-memory pager files.
542 **
543 **   This variable is updated by the upper layer each time a new
544 **   write-transaction is opened.
545 **
546 ** dbSize, dbOrigSize, dbFileSize
547 **
548 **   Variable dbSize is set to the number of pages in the database file.
549 **   It is valid in PAGER_READER and higher states (all states except for
550 **   OPEN and ERROR).
551 **
552 **   dbSize is set based on the size of the database file, which may be
553 **   larger than the size of the database (the value stored at offset
554 **   28 of the database header by the btree). If the size of the file
555 **   is not an integer multiple of the page-size, the value stored in
556 **   dbSize is rounded down (i.e. a 5KB file with 2K page-size has dbSize==2).
557 **   Except, any file that is greater than 0 bytes in size is considered
558 **   to have at least one page. (i.e. a 1KB file with 2K page-size leads
559 **   to dbSize==1).
560 **
561 **   During a write-transaction, if pages with page-numbers greater than
562 **   dbSize are modified in the cache, dbSize is updated accordingly.
563 **   Similarly, if the database is truncated using PagerTruncateImage(),
564 **   dbSize is updated.
565 **
566 **   Variables dbOrigSize and dbFileSize are valid in states
567 **   PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED and higher. dbOrigSize is a copy of the dbSize
568 **   variable at the start of the transaction. It is used during rollback,
569 **   and to determine whether or not pages need to be journalled before
570 **   being modified.
571 **
572 **   Throughout a write-transaction, dbFileSize contains the size of
573 **   the file on disk in pages. It is set to a copy of dbSize when the
574 **   write-transaction is first opened, and updated when VFS calls are made
575 **   to write or truncate the database file on disk.
576 **
577 **   The only reason the dbFileSize variable is required is to suppress
578 **   unnecessary calls to xTruncate() after committing a transaction. If,
579 **   when a transaction is committed, the dbFileSize variable indicates
580 **   that the database file is larger than the database image (Pager.dbSize),
581 **   pager_truncate() is called. The pager_truncate() call uses xFilesize()
582 **   to measure the database file on disk, and then truncates it if required.
583 **   dbFileSize is not used when rolling back a transaction. In this case
584 **   pager_truncate() is called unconditionally (which means there may be
585 **   a call to xFilesize() that is not strictly required). In either case,
586 **   pager_truncate() may cause the file to become smaller or larger.
587 **
588 ** dbHintSize
589 **
590 **   The dbHintSize variable is used to limit the number of calls made to
591 **   the VFS xFileControl(FCNTL_SIZE_HINT) method.
592 **
593 **   dbHintSize is set to a copy of the dbSize variable when a
594 **   write-transaction is opened (at the same time as dbFileSize and
595 **   dbOrigSize). If the xFileControl(FCNTL_SIZE_HINT) method is called,
596 **   dbHintSize is increased to the number of pages that correspond to the
597 **   size-hint passed to the method call. See pager_write_pagelist() for
598 **   details.
599 **
600 ** errCode
601 **
602 **   The Pager.errCode variable is only ever used in PAGER_ERROR state. It
603 **   is set to zero in all other states. In PAGER_ERROR state, Pager.errCode
604 **   is always set to SQLITE_FULL, SQLITE_IOERR or one of the SQLITE_IOERR_XXX
605 **   sub-codes.
606 **
607 ** syncFlags, walSyncFlags
608 **
609 **   syncFlags is either SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL (0x02) or SQLITE_SYNC_FULL (0x03).
610 **   syncFlags is used for rollback mode.  walSyncFlags is used for WAL mode
611 **   and contains the flags used to sync the checkpoint operations in the
612 **   lower two bits, and sync flags used for transaction commits in the WAL
613 **   file in bits 0x04 and 0x08.  In other words, to get the correct sync flags
614 **   for checkpoint operations, use (walSyncFlags&0x03) and to get the correct
615 **   sync flags for transaction commit, use ((walSyncFlags>>2)&0x03).  Note
616 **   that with synchronous=NORMAL in WAL mode, transaction commit is not synced
617 **   meaning that the 0x04 and 0x08 bits are both zero.
618 */
619 struct Pager {
620   sqlite3_vfs *pVfs;          /* OS functions to use for IO */
621   u8 exclusiveMode;           /* Boolean. True if locking_mode==EXCLUSIVE */
622   u8 journalMode;             /* One of the PAGER_JOURNALMODE_* values */
623   u8 useJournal;              /* Use a rollback journal on this file */
624   u8 noSync;                  /* Do not sync the journal if true */
625   u8 fullSync;                /* Do extra syncs of the journal for robustness */
626   u8 extraSync;               /* sync directory after journal delete */
627   u8 syncFlags;               /* SYNC_NORMAL or SYNC_FULL otherwise */
628   u8 walSyncFlags;            /* See description above */
629   u8 tempFile;                /* zFilename is a temporary or immutable file */
630   u8 noLock;                  /* Do not lock (except in WAL mode) */
631   u8 readOnly;                /* True for a read-only database */
632   u8 memDb;                   /* True to inhibit all file I/O */
633   u8 memVfs;                  /* VFS-implemented memory database */
634 
635   /**************************************************************************
636   ** The following block contains those class members that change during
637   ** routine operation.  Class members not in this block are either fixed
638   ** when the pager is first created or else only change when there is a
639   ** significant mode change (such as changing the page_size, locking_mode,
640   ** or the journal_mode).  From another view, these class members describe
641   ** the "state" of the pager, while other class members describe the
642   ** "configuration" of the pager.
643   */
644   u8 eState;                  /* Pager state (OPEN, READER, WRITER_LOCKED..) */
645   u8 eLock;                   /* Current lock held on database file */
646   u8 changeCountDone;         /* Set after incrementing the change-counter */
647   u8 setSuper;                /* Super-jrnl name is written into jrnl */
648   u8 doNotSpill;              /* Do not spill the cache when non-zero */
649   u8 subjInMemory;            /* True to use in-memory sub-journals */
650   u8 bUseFetch;               /* True to use xFetch() */
651   u8 hasHeldSharedLock;       /* True if a shared lock has ever been held */
652   Pgno dbSize;                /* Number of pages in the database */
653   Pgno dbOrigSize;            /* dbSize before the current transaction */
654   Pgno dbFileSize;            /* Number of pages in the database file */
655   Pgno dbHintSize;            /* Value passed to FCNTL_SIZE_HINT call */
656   int errCode;                /* One of several kinds of errors */
657   int nRec;                   /* Pages journalled since last j-header written */
658   u32 cksumInit;              /* Quasi-random value added to every checksum */
659   u32 nSubRec;                /* Number of records written to sub-journal */
660   Bitvec *pInJournal;         /* One bit for each page in the database file */
661   sqlite3_file *fd;           /* File descriptor for database */
662   sqlite3_file *jfd;          /* File descriptor for main journal */
663   sqlite3_file *sjfd;         /* File descriptor for sub-journal */
664   i64 journalOff;             /* Current write offset in the journal file */
665   i64 journalHdr;             /* Byte offset to previous journal header */
666   sqlite3_backup *pBackup;    /* Pointer to list of ongoing backup processes */
667   PagerSavepoint *aSavepoint; /* Array of active savepoints */
668   int nSavepoint;             /* Number of elements in aSavepoint[] */
669   u32 iDataVersion;           /* Changes whenever database content changes */
670   char dbFileVers[16];        /* Changes whenever database file changes */
671 
672   int nMmapOut;               /* Number of mmap pages currently outstanding */
673   sqlite3_int64 szMmap;       /* Desired maximum mmap size */
674   PgHdr *pMmapFreelist;       /* List of free mmap page headers (pDirty) */
675   /*
676   ** End of the routinely-changing class members
677   ***************************************************************************/
678 
679   u16 nExtra;                 /* Add this many bytes to each in-memory page */
680   i16 nReserve;               /* Number of unused bytes at end of each page */
681   u32 vfsFlags;               /* Flags for sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */
682   u32 sectorSize;             /* Assumed sector size during rollback */
683   Pgno mxPgno;                /* Maximum allowed size of the database */
684   Pgno lckPgno;               /* Page number for the locking page */
685   i64 pageSize;               /* Number of bytes in a page */
686   i64 journalSizeLimit;       /* Size limit for persistent journal files */
687   char *zFilename;            /* Name of the database file */
688   char *zJournal;             /* Name of the journal file */
689   int (*xBusyHandler)(void*); /* Function to call when busy */
690   void *pBusyHandlerArg;      /* Context argument for xBusyHandler */
691   int aStat[4];               /* Total cache hits, misses, writes, spills */
692 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
693   int nRead;                  /* Database pages read */
694 #endif
695   void (*xReiniter)(DbPage*); /* Call this routine when reloading pages */
696   int (*xGet)(Pager*,Pgno,DbPage**,int); /* Routine to fetch a patch */
697   char *pTmpSpace;            /* Pager.pageSize bytes of space for tmp use */
698   PCache *pPCache;            /* Pointer to page cache object */
699 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
700   Wal *pWal;                  /* Write-ahead log used by "journal_mode=wal" */
701   char *zWal;                 /* File name for write-ahead log */
702 #endif
703 };
704 
705 /*
706 ** Indexes for use with Pager.aStat[]. The Pager.aStat[] array contains
707 ** the values accessed by passing SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT, CACHE_MISS
708 ** or CACHE_WRITE to sqlite3_db_status().
709 */
710 #define PAGER_STAT_HIT   0
711 #define PAGER_STAT_MISS  1
712 #define PAGER_STAT_WRITE 2
713 #define PAGER_STAT_SPILL 3
714 
715 /*
716 ** The following global variables hold counters used for
717 ** testing purposes only.  These variables do not exist in
718 ** a non-testing build.  These variables are not thread-safe.
719 */
720 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
721 int sqlite3_pager_readdb_count = 0;    /* Number of full pages read from DB */
722 int sqlite3_pager_writedb_count = 0;   /* Number of full pages written to DB */
723 int sqlite3_pager_writej_count = 0;    /* Number of pages written to journal */
724 # define PAGER_INCR(v)  v++
725 #else
726 # define PAGER_INCR(v)
727 #endif
728 
729 
730 
731 /*
732 ** Journal files begin with the following magic string.  The data
733 ** was obtained from /dev/random.  It is used only as a sanity check.
734 **
735 ** Since version 2.8.0, the journal format contains additional sanity
736 ** checking information.  If the power fails while the journal is being
737 ** written, semi-random garbage data might appear in the journal
738 ** file after power is restored.  If an attempt is then made
739 ** to roll the journal back, the database could be corrupted.  The additional
740 ** sanity checking data is an attempt to discover the garbage in the
741 ** journal and ignore it.
742 **
743 ** The sanity checking information for the new journal format consists
744 ** of a 32-bit checksum on each page of data.  The checksum covers both
745 ** the page number and the pPager->pageSize bytes of data for the page.
746 ** This cksum is initialized to a 32-bit random value that appears in the
747 ** journal file right after the header.  The random initializer is important,
748 ** because garbage data that appears at the end of a journal is likely
749 ** data that was once in other files that have now been deleted.  If the
750 ** garbage data came from an obsolete journal file, the checksums might
751 ** be correct.  But by initializing the checksum to random value which
752 ** is different for every journal, we minimize that risk.
753 */
754 static const unsigned char aJournalMagic[] = {
755   0xd9, 0xd5, 0x05, 0xf9, 0x20, 0xa1, 0x63, 0xd7,
756 };
757 
758 /*
759 ** The size of the of each page record in the journal is given by
760 ** the following macro.
761 */
762 #define JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager)  ((pPager->pageSize) + 8)
763 
764 /*
765 ** The journal header size for this pager. This is usually the same
766 ** size as a single disk sector. See also setSectorSize().
767 */
768 #define JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) (pPager->sectorSize)
769 
770 /*
771 ** The macro MEMDB is true if we are dealing with an in-memory database.
772 ** We do this as a macro so that if the SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB macro is set,
773 ** the value of MEMDB will be a constant and the compiler will optimize
774 ** out code that would never execute.
775 */
776 #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB
777 # define MEMDB 0
778 #else
779 # define MEMDB pPager->memDb
780 #endif
781 
782 /*
783 ** The macro USEFETCH is true if we are allowed to use the xFetch and xUnfetch
784 ** interfaces to access the database using memory-mapped I/O.
785 */
786 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
787 # define USEFETCH(x) ((x)->bUseFetch)
788 #else
789 # define USEFETCH(x) 0
790 #endif
791 
792 /*
793 ** The argument to this macro is a file descriptor (type sqlite3_file*).
794 ** Return 0 if it is not open, or non-zero (but not 1) if it is.
795 **
796 ** This is so that expressions can be written as:
797 **
798 **   if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ ...
799 **
800 ** instead of
801 **
802 **   if( pPager->jfd->pMethods ){ ...
803 */
804 #define isOpen(pFd) ((pFd)->pMethods!=0)
805 
806 #ifdef SQLITE_DIRECT_OVERFLOW_READ
807 /*
808 ** Return true if page pgno can be read directly from the database file
809 ** by the b-tree layer. This is the case if:
810 **
811 **   * the database file is open,
812 **   * there are no dirty pages in the cache, and
813 **   * the desired page is not currently in the wal file.
814 */
815 int sqlite3PagerDirectReadOk(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){
816   if( pPager->fd->pMethods==0 ) return 0;
817   if( sqlite3PCacheIsDirty(pPager->pPCache) ) return 0;
818 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
819   if( pPager->pWal ){
820     u32 iRead = 0;
821     int rc;
822     rc = sqlite3WalFindFrame(pPager->pWal, pgno, &iRead);
823     return (rc==SQLITE_OK && iRead==0);
824   }
825 #endif
826   return 1;
827 }
828 #endif
829 
830 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
831 # define pagerUseWal(x) ((x)->pWal!=0)
832 #else
833 # define pagerUseWal(x) 0
834 # define pagerRollbackWal(x) 0
835 # define pagerWalFrames(v,w,x,y) 0
836 # define pagerOpenWalIfPresent(z) SQLITE_OK
837 # define pagerBeginReadTransaction(z) SQLITE_OK
838 #endif
839 
840 #ifndef NDEBUG
841 /*
842 ** Usage:
843 **
844 **   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
845 **
846 ** This function runs many asserts to try to find inconsistencies in
847 ** the internal state of the Pager object.
848 */
849 static int assert_pager_state(Pager *p){
850   Pager *pPager = p;
851 
852   /* State must be valid. */
853   assert( p->eState==PAGER_OPEN
854        || p->eState==PAGER_READER
855        || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
856        || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
857        || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
858        || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED
859        || p->eState==PAGER_ERROR
860   );
861 
862   /* Regardless of the current state, a temp-file connection always behaves
863   ** as if it has an exclusive lock on the database file. It never updates
864   ** the change-counter field, so the changeCountDone flag is always set.
865   */
866   assert( p->tempFile==0 || p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
867   assert( p->tempFile==0 || pPager->changeCountDone );
868 
869   /* If the useJournal flag is clear, the journal-mode must be "OFF".
870   ** And if the journal-mode is "OFF", the journal file must not be open.
871   */
872   assert( p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF || p->useJournal );
873   assert( p->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF || !isOpen(p->jfd) );
874 
875   /* Check that MEMDB implies noSync. And an in-memory journal. Since
876   ** this means an in-memory pager performs no IO at all, it cannot encounter
877   ** either SQLITE_IOERR or SQLITE_FULL during rollback or while finalizing
878   ** a journal file. (although the in-memory journal implementation may
879   ** return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM while the journal file is being written). It
880   ** is therefore not possible for an in-memory pager to enter the ERROR
881   ** state.
882   */
883   if( MEMDB ){
884     assert( !isOpen(p->fd) );
885     assert( p->noSync );
886     assert( p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
887          || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
888     );
889     assert( p->eState!=PAGER_ERROR && p->eState!=PAGER_OPEN );
890     assert( pagerUseWal(p)==0 );
891   }
892 
893   /* If changeCountDone is set, a RESERVED lock or greater must be held
894   ** on the file.
895   */
896   assert( pPager->changeCountDone==0 || pPager->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK );
897   assert( p->eLock!=PENDING_LOCK );
898 
899   switch( p->eState ){
900     case PAGER_OPEN:
901       assert( !MEMDB );
902       assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
903       assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 || pPager->tempFile );
904       break;
905 
906     case PAGER_READER:
907       assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
908       assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK );
909       assert( p->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK );
910       break;
911 
912     case PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED:
913       assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK );
914       assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
915       if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
916         assert( p->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK );
917       }
918       assert( pPager->dbSize==pPager->dbOrigSize );
919       assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbFileSize );
920       assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbHintSize );
921       assert( pPager->setSuper==0 );
922       break;
923 
924     case PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD:
925       assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK );
926       assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
927       if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
928         /* It is possible that if journal_mode=wal here that neither the
929         ** journal file nor the WAL file are open. This happens during
930         ** a rollback transaction that switches from journal_mode=off
931         ** to journal_mode=wal.
932         */
933         assert( p->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK );
934         assert( isOpen(p->jfd)
935              || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
936              || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
937         );
938       }
939       assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbFileSize );
940       assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbHintSize );
941       break;
942 
943     case PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD:
944       assert( p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
945       assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
946       assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
947       assert( p->eLock>=EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
948       assert( isOpen(p->jfd)
949            || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
950            || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
951            || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(p->fd)&SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC)
952       );
953       assert( pPager->dbOrigSize<=pPager->dbHintSize );
954       break;
955 
956     case PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED:
957       assert( p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
958       assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
959       assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
960       assert( isOpen(p->jfd)
961            || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
962            || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
963            || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(p->fd)&SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC)
964       );
965       break;
966 
967     case PAGER_ERROR:
968       /* There must be at least one outstanding reference to the pager if
969       ** in ERROR state. Otherwise the pager should have already dropped
970       ** back to OPEN state.
971       */
972       assert( pPager->errCode!=SQLITE_OK );
973       assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)>0 || pPager->tempFile );
974       break;
975   }
976 
977   return 1;
978 }
979 #endif /* ifndef NDEBUG */
980 
981 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
982 /*
983 ** Return a pointer to a human readable string in a static buffer
984 ** containing the state of the Pager object passed as an argument. This
985 ** is intended to be used within debuggers. For example, as an alternative
986 ** to "print *pPager" in gdb:
987 **
988 ** (gdb) printf "%s", print_pager_state(pPager)
989 **
990 ** This routine has external linkage in order to suppress compiler warnings
991 ** about an unused function.  It is enclosed within SQLITE_DEBUG and so does
992 ** not appear in normal builds.
993 */
994 char *print_pager_state(Pager *p){
995   static char zRet[1024];
996 
997   sqlite3_snprintf(1024, zRet,
998       "Filename:      %s\n"
999       "State:         %s errCode=%d\n"
1000       "Lock:          %s\n"
1001       "Locking mode:  locking_mode=%s\n"
1002       "Journal mode:  journal_mode=%s\n"
1003       "Backing store: tempFile=%d memDb=%d useJournal=%d\n"
1004       "Journal:       journalOff=%lld journalHdr=%lld\n"
1005       "Size:          dbsize=%d dbOrigSize=%d dbFileSize=%d\n"
1006       , p->zFilename
1007       , p->eState==PAGER_OPEN            ? "OPEN" :
1008         p->eState==PAGER_READER          ? "READER" :
1009         p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED   ? "WRITER_LOCKED" :
1010         p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ? "WRITER_CACHEMOD" :
1011         p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD    ? "WRITER_DBMOD" :
1012         p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED ? "WRITER_FINISHED" :
1013         p->eState==PAGER_ERROR           ? "ERROR" : "?error?"
1014       , (int)p->errCode
1015       , p->eLock==NO_LOCK         ? "NO_LOCK" :
1016         p->eLock==RESERVED_LOCK   ? "RESERVED" :
1017         p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK  ? "EXCLUSIVE" :
1018         p->eLock==SHARED_LOCK     ? "SHARED" :
1019         p->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK    ? "UNKNOWN" : "?error?"
1020       , p->exclusiveMode ? "exclusive" : "normal"
1021       , p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY   ? "memory" :
1022         p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF      ? "off" :
1023         p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE   ? "delete" :
1024         p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST  ? "persist" :
1025         p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE ? "truncate" :
1026         p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL      ? "wal" : "?error?"
1027       , (int)p->tempFile, (int)p->memDb, (int)p->useJournal
1028       , p->journalOff, p->journalHdr
1029       , (int)p->dbSize, (int)p->dbOrigSize, (int)p->dbFileSize
1030   );
1031 
1032   return zRet;
1033 }
1034 #endif
1035 
1036 /* Forward references to the various page getters */
1037 static int getPageNormal(Pager*,Pgno,DbPage**,int);
1038 static int getPageError(Pager*,Pgno,DbPage**,int);
1039 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
1040 static int getPageMMap(Pager*,Pgno,DbPage**,int);
1041 #endif
1042 
1043 /*
1044 ** Set the Pager.xGet method for the appropriate routine used to fetch
1045 ** content from the pager.
1046 */
1047 static void setGetterMethod(Pager *pPager){
1048   if( pPager->errCode ){
1049     pPager->xGet = getPageError;
1050 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
1051   }else if( USEFETCH(pPager) ){
1052     pPager->xGet = getPageMMap;
1053 #endif /* SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 */
1054   }else{
1055     pPager->xGet = getPageNormal;
1056   }
1057 }
1058 
1059 /*
1060 ** Return true if it is necessary to write page *pPg into the sub-journal.
1061 ** A page needs to be written into the sub-journal if there exists one
1062 ** or more open savepoints for which:
1063 **
1064 **   * The page-number is less than or equal to PagerSavepoint.nOrig, and
1065 **   * The bit corresponding to the page-number is not set in
1066 **     PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint.
1067 */
1068 static int subjRequiresPage(PgHdr *pPg){
1069   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
1070   PagerSavepoint *p;
1071   Pgno pgno = pPg->pgno;
1072   int i;
1073   for(i=0; i<pPager->nSavepoint; i++){
1074     p = &pPager->aSavepoint[i];
1075     if( p->nOrig>=pgno && 0==sqlite3BitvecTestNotNull(p->pInSavepoint, pgno) ){
1076       for(i=i+1; i<pPager->nSavepoint; i++){
1077         pPager->aSavepoint[i].bTruncateOnRelease = 0;
1078       }
1079       return 1;
1080     }
1081   }
1082   return 0;
1083 }
1084 
1085 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
1086 /*
1087 ** Return true if the page is already in the journal file.
1088 */
1089 static int pageInJournal(Pager *pPager, PgHdr *pPg){
1090   return sqlite3BitvecTest(pPager->pInJournal, pPg->pgno);
1091 }
1092 #endif
1093 
1094 /*
1095 ** Read a 32-bit integer from the given file descriptor.  Store the integer
1096 ** that is read in *pRes.  Return SQLITE_OK if everything worked, or an
1097 ** error code is something goes wrong.
1098 **
1099 ** All values are stored on disk as big-endian.
1100 */
1101 static int read32bits(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 offset, u32 *pRes){
1102   unsigned char ac[4];
1103   int rc = sqlite3OsRead(fd, ac, sizeof(ac), offset);
1104   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
1105     *pRes = sqlite3Get4byte(ac);
1106   }
1107   return rc;
1108 }
1109 
1110 /*
1111 ** Write a 32-bit integer into a string buffer in big-endian byte order.
1112 */
1113 #define put32bits(A,B)  sqlite3Put4byte((u8*)A,B)
1114 
1115 
1116 /*
1117 ** Write a 32-bit integer into the given file descriptor.  Return SQLITE_OK
1118 ** on success or an error code is something goes wrong.
1119 */
1120 static int write32bits(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 offset, u32 val){
1121   char ac[4];
1122   put32bits(ac, val);
1123   return sqlite3OsWrite(fd, ac, 4, offset);
1124 }
1125 
1126 /*
1127 ** Unlock the database file to level eLock, which must be either NO_LOCK
1128 ** or SHARED_LOCK. Regardless of whether or not the call to xUnlock()
1129 ** succeeds, set the Pager.eLock variable to match the (attempted) new lock.
1130 **
1131 ** Except, if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when this function is
1132 ** called, do not modify it. See the comment above the #define of
1133 ** UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation of this.
1134 */
1135 static int pagerUnlockDb(Pager *pPager, int eLock){
1136   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
1137 
1138   assert( !pPager->exclusiveMode || pPager->eLock==eLock );
1139   assert( eLock==NO_LOCK || eLock==SHARED_LOCK );
1140   assert( eLock!=NO_LOCK || pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 );
1141   if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
1142     assert( pPager->eLock>=eLock );
1143     rc = pPager->noLock ? SQLITE_OK : sqlite3OsUnlock(pPager->fd, eLock);
1144     if( pPager->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK ){
1145       pPager->eLock = (u8)eLock;
1146     }
1147     IOTRACE(("UNLOCK %p %d\n", pPager, eLock))
1148   }
1149   pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile; /* ticket fb3b3024ea238d5c */
1150   return rc;
1151 }
1152 
1153 /*
1154 ** Lock the database file to level eLock, which must be either SHARED_LOCK,
1155 ** RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. If the caller is successful, set the
1156 ** Pager.eLock variable to the new locking state.
1157 **
1158 ** Except, if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when this function is
1159 ** called, do not modify it unless the new locking state is EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
1160 ** See the comment above the #define of UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation
1161 ** of this.
1162 */
1163 static int pagerLockDb(Pager *pPager, int eLock){
1164   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
1165 
1166   assert( eLock==SHARED_LOCK || eLock==RESERVED_LOCK || eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
1167   if( pPager->eLock<eLock || pPager->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK ){
1168     rc = pPager->noLock ? SQLITE_OK : sqlite3OsLock(pPager->fd, eLock);
1169     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (pPager->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK||eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK) ){
1170       pPager->eLock = (u8)eLock;
1171       IOTRACE(("LOCK %p %d\n", pPager, eLock))
1172     }
1173   }
1174   return rc;
1175 }
1176 
1177 /*
1178 ** This function determines whether or not the atomic-write or
1179 ** atomic-batch-write optimizations can be used with this pager. The
1180 ** atomic-write optimization can be used if:
1181 **
1182 **  (a) the value returned by OsDeviceCharacteristics() indicates that
1183 **      a database page may be written atomically, and
1184 **  (b) the value returned by OsSectorSize() is less than or equal
1185 **      to the page size.
1186 **
1187 ** If it can be used, then the value returned is the size of the journal
1188 ** file when it contains rollback data for exactly one page.
1189 **
1190 ** The atomic-batch-write optimization can be used if OsDeviceCharacteristics()
1191 ** returns a value with the SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC bit set. -1 is
1192 ** returned in this case.
1193 **
1194 ** If neither optimization can be used, 0 is returned.
1195 */
1196 static int jrnlBufferSize(Pager *pPager){
1197   assert( !MEMDB );
1198 
1199 #if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE) \
1200  || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE)
1201   int dc;                           /* Device characteristics */
1202 
1203   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) );
1204   dc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd);
1205 #else
1206   UNUSED_PARAMETER(pPager);
1207 #endif
1208 
1209 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE
1210   if( pPager->dbSize>0 && (dc&SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC) ){
1211     return -1;
1212   }
1213 #endif
1214 
1215 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
1216   {
1217     int nSector = pPager->sectorSize;
1218     int szPage = pPager->pageSize;
1219 
1220     assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512==(512>>8));
1221     assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K==(65536>>8));
1222     if( 0==(dc&(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC|(szPage>>8)) || nSector>szPage) ){
1223       return 0;
1224     }
1225   }
1226 
1227   return JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) + JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager);
1228 #endif
1229 
1230   return 0;
1231 }
1232 
1233 /*
1234 ** If SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES is defined then we do some sanity checking
1235 ** on the cache using a hash function.  This is used for testing
1236 ** and debugging only.
1237 */
1238 #ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
1239 /*
1240 ** Return a 32-bit hash of the page data for pPage.
1241 */
1242 static u32 pager_datahash(int nByte, unsigned char *pData){
1243   u32 hash = 0;
1244   int i;
1245   for(i=0; i<nByte; i++){
1246     hash = (hash*1039) + pData[i];
1247   }
1248   return hash;
1249 }
1250 static u32 pager_pagehash(PgHdr *pPage){
1251   return pager_datahash(pPage->pPager->pageSize, (unsigned char *)pPage->pData);
1252 }
1253 static void pager_set_pagehash(PgHdr *pPage){
1254   pPage->pageHash = pager_pagehash(pPage);
1255 }
1256 
1257 /*
1258 ** The CHECK_PAGE macro takes a PgHdr* as an argument. If SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
1259 ** is defined, and NDEBUG is not defined, an assert() statement checks
1260 ** that the page is either dirty or still matches the calculated page-hash.
1261 */
1262 #define CHECK_PAGE(x) checkPage(x)
1263 static void checkPage(PgHdr *pPg){
1264   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
1265   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
1266   assert( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY) || pPg->pageHash==pager_pagehash(pPg) );
1267 }
1268 
1269 #else
1270 #define pager_datahash(X,Y)  0
1271 #define pager_pagehash(X)  0
1272 #define pager_set_pagehash(X)
1273 #define CHECK_PAGE(x)
1274 #endif  /* SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES */
1275 
1276 /*
1277 ** When this is called the journal file for pager pPager must be open.
1278 ** This function attempts to read a super-journal file name from the
1279 ** end of the file and, if successful, copies it into memory supplied
1280 ** by the caller. See comments above writeSuperJournal() for the format
1281 ** used to store a super-journal file name at the end of a journal file.
1282 **
1283 ** zSuper must point to a buffer of at least nSuper bytes allocated by
1284 ** the caller. This should be sqlite3_vfs.mxPathname+1 (to ensure there is
1285 ** enough space to write the super-journal name). If the super-journal
1286 ** name in the journal is longer than nSuper bytes (including a
1287 ** nul-terminator), then this is handled as if no super-journal name
1288 ** were present in the journal.
1289 **
1290 ** If a super-journal file name is present at the end of the journal
1291 ** file, then it is copied into the buffer pointed to by zSuper. A
1292 ** nul-terminator byte is appended to the buffer following the
1293 ** super-journal file name.
1294 **
1295 ** If it is determined that no super-journal file name is present
1296 ** zSuper[0] is set to 0 and SQLITE_OK returned.
1297 **
1298 ** If an error occurs while reading from the journal file, an SQLite
1299 ** error code is returned.
1300 */
1301 static int readSuperJournal(sqlite3_file *pJrnl, char *zSuper, u32 nSuper){
1302   int rc;                    /* Return code */
1303   u32 len;                   /* Length in bytes of super-journal name */
1304   i64 szJ;                   /* Total size in bytes of journal file pJrnl */
1305   u32 cksum;                 /* MJ checksum value read from journal */
1306   u32 u;                     /* Unsigned loop counter */
1307   unsigned char aMagic[8];   /* A buffer to hold the magic header */
1308   zSuper[0] = '\0';
1309 
1310   if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pJrnl, &szJ))
1311    || szJ<16
1312    || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pJrnl, szJ-16, &len))
1313    || len>=nSuper
1314    || len>szJ-16
1315    || len==0
1316    || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pJrnl, szJ-12, &cksum))
1317    || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsRead(pJrnl, aMagic, 8, szJ-8))
1318    || memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, 8)
1319    || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsRead(pJrnl, zSuper, len, szJ-16-len))
1320   ){
1321     return rc;
1322   }
1323 
1324   /* See if the checksum matches the super-journal name */
1325   for(u=0; u<len; u++){
1326     cksum -= zSuper[u];
1327   }
1328   if( cksum ){
1329     /* If the checksum doesn't add up, then one or more of the disk sectors
1330     ** containing the super-journal filename is corrupted. This means
1331     ** definitely roll back, so just return SQLITE_OK and report a (nul)
1332     ** super-journal filename.
1333     */
1334     len = 0;
1335   }
1336   zSuper[len] = '\0';
1337   zSuper[len+1] = '\0';
1338 
1339   return SQLITE_OK;
1340 }
1341 
1342 /*
1343 ** Return the offset of the sector boundary at or immediately
1344 ** following the value in pPager->journalOff, assuming a sector
1345 ** size of pPager->sectorSize bytes.
1346 **
1347 ** i.e for a sector size of 512:
1348 **
1349 **   Pager.journalOff          Return value
1350 **   ---------------------------------------
1351 **   0                         0
1352 **   512                       512
1353 **   100                       512
1354 **   2000                      2048
1355 **
1356 */
1357 static i64 journalHdrOffset(Pager *pPager){
1358   i64 offset = 0;
1359   i64 c = pPager->journalOff;
1360   if( c ){
1361     offset = ((c-1)/JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) + 1) * JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
1362   }
1363   assert( offset%JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==0 );
1364   assert( offset>=c );
1365   assert( (offset-c)<JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) );
1366   return offset;
1367 }
1368 
1369 /*
1370 ** The journal file must be open when this function is called.
1371 **
1372 ** This function is a no-op if the journal file has not been written to
1373 ** within the current transaction (i.e. if Pager.journalOff==0).
1374 **
1375 ** If doTruncate is non-zero or the Pager.journalSizeLimit variable is
1376 ** set to 0, then truncate the journal file to zero bytes in size. Otherwise,
1377 ** zero the 28-byte header at the start of the journal file. In either case,
1378 ** if the pager is not in no-sync mode, sync the journal file immediately
1379 ** after writing or truncating it.
1380 **
1381 ** If Pager.journalSizeLimit is set to a positive, non-zero value, and
1382 ** following the truncation or zeroing described above the size of the
1383 ** journal file in bytes is larger than this value, then truncate the
1384 ** journal file to Pager.journalSizeLimit bytes. The journal file does
1385 ** not need to be synced following this operation.
1386 **
1387 ** If an IO error occurs, abandon processing and return the IO error code.
1388 ** Otherwise, return SQLITE_OK.
1389 */
1390 static int zeroJournalHdr(Pager *pPager, int doTruncate){
1391   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                               /* Return code */
1392   assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
1393   assert( !sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->jfd) );
1394   if( pPager->journalOff ){
1395     const i64 iLimit = pPager->journalSizeLimit;    /* Local cache of jsl */
1396 
1397     IOTRACE(("JZEROHDR %p\n", pPager))
1398     if( doTruncate || iLimit==0 ){
1399       rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, 0);
1400     }else{
1401       static const char zeroHdr[28] = {0};
1402       rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zeroHdr, sizeof(zeroHdr), 0);
1403     }
1404     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pPager->noSync ){
1405       rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY|pPager->syncFlags);
1406     }
1407 
1408     /* At this point the transaction is committed but the write lock
1409     ** is still held on the file. If there is a size limit configured for
1410     ** the persistent journal and the journal file currently consumes more
1411     ** space than that limit allows for, truncate it now. There is no need
1412     ** to sync the file following this operation.
1413     */
1414     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iLimit>0 ){
1415       i64 sz;
1416       rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &sz);
1417       if( rc==SQLITE_OK && sz>iLimit ){
1418         rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, iLimit);
1419       }
1420     }
1421   }
1422   return rc;
1423 }
1424 
1425 /*
1426 ** The journal file must be open when this routine is called. A journal
1427 ** header (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes) is written into the journal file at the
1428 ** current location.
1429 **
1430 ** The format for the journal header is as follows:
1431 ** - 8 bytes: Magic identifying journal format.
1432 ** - 4 bytes: Number of records in journal, or -1 no-sync mode is on.
1433 ** - 4 bytes: Random number used for page hash.
1434 ** - 4 bytes: Initial database page count.
1435 ** - 4 bytes: Sector size used by the process that wrote this journal.
1436 ** - 4 bytes: Database page size.
1437 **
1438 ** Followed by (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ - 28) bytes of unused space.
1439 */
1440 static int writeJournalHdr(Pager *pPager){
1441   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                 /* Return code */
1442   char *zHeader = pPager->pTmpSpace;  /* Temporary space used to build header */
1443   u32 nHeader = (u32)pPager->pageSize;/* Size of buffer pointed to by zHeader */
1444   u32 nWrite;                         /* Bytes of header sector written */
1445   int ii;                             /* Loop counter */
1446 
1447   assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );      /* Journal file must be open. */
1448 
1449   if( nHeader>JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ){
1450     nHeader = JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
1451   }
1452 
1453   /* If there are active savepoints and any of them were created
1454   ** since the most recent journal header was written, update the
1455   ** PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset fields now.
1456   */
1457   for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){
1458     if( pPager->aSavepoint[ii].iHdrOffset==0 ){
1459       pPager->aSavepoint[ii].iHdrOffset = pPager->journalOff;
1460     }
1461   }
1462 
1463   pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager);
1464 
1465   /*
1466   ** Write the nRec Field - the number of page records that follow this
1467   ** journal header. Normally, zero is written to this value at this time.
1468   ** After the records are added to the journal (and the journal synced,
1469   ** if in full-sync mode), the zero is overwritten with the true number
1470   ** of records (see syncJournal()).
1471   **
1472   ** A faster alternative is to write 0xFFFFFFFF to the nRec field. When
1473   ** reading the journal this value tells SQLite to assume that the
1474   ** rest of the journal file contains valid page records. This assumption
1475   ** is dangerous, as if a failure occurred whilst writing to the journal
1476   ** file it may contain some garbage data. There are two scenarios
1477   ** where this risk can be ignored:
1478   **
1479   **   * When the pager is in no-sync mode. Corruption can follow a
1480   **     power failure in this case anyway.
1481   **
1482   **   * When the SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND flag is set. This guarantees
1483   **     that garbage data is never appended to the journal file.
1484   */
1485   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->noSync );
1486   if( pPager->noSync || (pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY)
1487    || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd)&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND)
1488   ){
1489     memcpy(zHeader, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aJournalMagic));
1490     put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)], 0xffffffff);
1491   }else{
1492     memset(zHeader, 0, sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4);
1493   }
1494 
1495   /* The random check-hash initializer */
1496   sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(pPager->cksumInit), &pPager->cksumInit);
1497   put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4], pPager->cksumInit);
1498   /* The initial database size */
1499   put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+8], pPager->dbOrigSize);
1500   /* The assumed sector size for this process */
1501   put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+12], pPager->sectorSize);
1502 
1503   /* The page size */
1504   put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+16], pPager->pageSize);
1505 
1506   /* Initializing the tail of the buffer is not necessary.  Everything
1507   ** works find if the following memset() is omitted.  But initializing
1508   ** the memory prevents valgrind from complaining, so we are willing to
1509   ** take the performance hit.
1510   */
1511   memset(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+20], 0,
1512          nHeader-(sizeof(aJournalMagic)+20));
1513 
1514   /* In theory, it is only necessary to write the 28 bytes that the
1515   ** journal header consumes to the journal file here. Then increment the
1516   ** Pager.journalOff variable by JOURNAL_HDR_SZ so that the next
1517   ** record is written to the following sector (leaving a gap in the file
1518   ** that will be implicitly filled in by the OS).
1519   **
1520   ** However it has been discovered that on some systems this pattern can
1521   ** be significantly slower than contiguously writing data to the file,
1522   ** even if that means explicitly writing data to the block of
1523   ** (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ - 28) bytes that will not be used. So that is what
1524   ** is done.
1525   **
1526   ** The loop is required here in case the sector-size is larger than the
1527   ** database page size. Since the zHeader buffer is only Pager.pageSize
1528   ** bytes in size, more than one call to sqlite3OsWrite() may be required
1529   ** to populate the entire journal header sector.
1530   */
1531   for(nWrite=0; rc==SQLITE_OK&&nWrite<JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager); nWrite+=nHeader){
1532     IOTRACE(("JHDR %p %lld %d\n", pPager, pPager->journalHdr, nHeader))
1533     rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zHeader, nHeader, pPager->journalOff);
1534     assert( pPager->journalHdr <= pPager->journalOff );
1535     pPager->journalOff += nHeader;
1536   }
1537 
1538   return rc;
1539 }
1540 
1541 /*
1542 ** The journal file must be open when this is called. A journal header file
1543 ** (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes) is read from the current location in the journal
1544 ** file. The current location in the journal file is given by
1545 ** pPager->journalOff. See comments above function writeJournalHdr() for
1546 ** a description of the journal header format.
1547 **
1548 ** If the header is read successfully, *pNRec is set to the number of
1549 ** page records following this header and *pDbSize is set to the size of the
1550 ** database before the transaction began, in pages. Also, pPager->cksumInit
1551 ** is set to the value read from the journal header. SQLITE_OK is returned
1552 ** in this case.
1553 **
1554 ** If the journal header file appears to be corrupted, SQLITE_DONE is
1555 ** returned and *pNRec and *PDbSize are undefined.  If JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes
1556 ** cannot be read from the journal file an error code is returned.
1557 */
1558 static int readJournalHdr(
1559   Pager *pPager,               /* Pager object */
1560   int isHot,
1561   i64 journalSize,             /* Size of the open journal file in bytes */
1562   u32 *pNRec,                  /* OUT: Value read from the nRec field */
1563   u32 *pDbSize                 /* OUT: Value of original database size field */
1564 ){
1565   int rc;                      /* Return code */
1566   unsigned char aMagic[8];     /* A buffer to hold the magic header */
1567   i64 iHdrOff;                 /* Offset of journal header being read */
1568 
1569   assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );      /* Journal file must be open. */
1570 
1571   /* Advance Pager.journalOff to the start of the next sector. If the
1572   ** journal file is too small for there to be a header stored at this
1573   ** point, return SQLITE_DONE.
1574   */
1575   pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager);
1576   if( pPager->journalOff+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) > journalSize ){
1577     return SQLITE_DONE;
1578   }
1579   iHdrOff = pPager->journalOff;
1580 
1581   /* Read in the first 8 bytes of the journal header. If they do not match
1582   ** the  magic string found at the start of each journal header, return
1583   ** SQLITE_DONE. If an IO error occurs, return an error code. Otherwise,
1584   ** proceed.
1585   */
1586   if( isHot || iHdrOff!=pPager->journalHdr ){
1587     rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, aMagic, sizeof(aMagic), iHdrOff);
1588     if( rc ){
1589       return rc;
1590     }
1591     if( memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aMagic))!=0 ){
1592       return SQLITE_DONE;
1593     }
1594   }
1595 
1596   /* Read the first three 32-bit fields of the journal header: The nRec
1597   ** field, the checksum-initializer and the database size at the start
1598   ** of the transaction. Return an error code if anything goes wrong.
1599   */
1600   if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+8, pNRec))
1601    || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+12, &pPager->cksumInit))
1602    || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+16, pDbSize))
1603   ){
1604     return rc;
1605   }
1606 
1607   if( pPager->journalOff==0 ){
1608     u32 iPageSize;               /* Page-size field of journal header */
1609     u32 iSectorSize;             /* Sector-size field of journal header */
1610 
1611     /* Read the page-size and sector-size journal header fields. */
1612     if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+20, &iSectorSize))
1613      || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+24, &iPageSize))
1614     ){
1615       return rc;
1616     }
1617 
1618     /* Versions of SQLite prior to 3.5.8 set the page-size field of the
1619     ** journal header to zero. In this case, assume that the Pager.pageSize
1620     ** variable is already set to the correct page size.
1621     */
1622     if( iPageSize==0 ){
1623       iPageSize = pPager->pageSize;
1624     }
1625 
1626     /* Check that the values read from the page-size and sector-size fields
1627     ** are within range. To be 'in range', both values need to be a power
1628     ** of two greater than or equal to 512 or 32, and not greater than their
1629     ** respective compile time maximum limits.
1630     */
1631     if( iPageSize<512                  || iSectorSize<32
1632      || iPageSize>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE || iSectorSize>MAX_SECTOR_SIZE
1633      || ((iPageSize-1)&iPageSize)!=0   || ((iSectorSize-1)&iSectorSize)!=0
1634     ){
1635       /* If the either the page-size or sector-size in the journal-header is
1636       ** invalid, then the process that wrote the journal-header must have
1637       ** crashed before the header was synced. In this case stop reading
1638       ** the journal file here.
1639       */
1640       return SQLITE_DONE;
1641     }
1642 
1643     /* Update the page-size to match the value read from the journal.
1644     ** Use a testcase() macro to make sure that malloc failure within
1645     ** PagerSetPagesize() is tested.
1646     */
1647     rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pPager, &iPageSize, -1);
1648     testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
1649 
1650     /* Update the assumed sector-size to match the value used by
1651     ** the process that created this journal. If this journal was
1652     ** created by a process other than this one, then this routine
1653     ** is being called from within pager_playback(). The local value
1654     ** of Pager.sectorSize is restored at the end of that routine.
1655     */
1656     pPager->sectorSize = iSectorSize;
1657   }
1658 
1659   pPager->journalOff += JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
1660   return rc;
1661 }
1662 
1663 
1664 /*
1665 ** Write the supplied super-journal name into the journal file for pager
1666 ** pPager at the current location. The super-journal name must be the last
1667 ** thing written to a journal file. If the pager is in full-sync mode, the
1668 ** journal file descriptor is advanced to the next sector boundary before
1669 ** anything is written. The format is:
1670 **
1671 **   + 4 bytes: PAGER_SJ_PGNO.
1672 **   + N bytes: super-journal filename in utf-8.
1673 **   + 4 bytes: N (length of super-journal name in bytes, no nul-terminator).
1674 **   + 4 bytes: super-journal name checksum.
1675 **   + 8 bytes: aJournalMagic[].
1676 **
1677 ** The super-journal page checksum is the sum of the bytes in thesuper-journal
1678 ** name, where each byte is interpreted as a signed 8-bit integer.
1679 **
1680 ** If zSuper is a NULL pointer (occurs for a single database transaction),
1681 ** this call is a no-op.
1682 */
1683 static int writeSuperJournal(Pager *pPager, const char *zSuper){
1684   int rc;                          /* Return code */
1685   int nSuper;                      /* Length of string zSuper */
1686   i64 iHdrOff;                     /* Offset of header in journal file */
1687   i64 jrnlSize;                    /* Size of journal file on disk */
1688   u32 cksum = 0;                   /* Checksum of string zSuper */
1689 
1690   assert( pPager->setSuper==0 );
1691   assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
1692 
1693   if( !zSuper
1694    || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
1695    || !isOpen(pPager->jfd)
1696   ){
1697     return SQLITE_OK;
1698   }
1699   pPager->setSuper = 1;
1700   assert( pPager->journalHdr <= pPager->journalOff );
1701 
1702   /* Calculate the length in bytes and the checksum of zSuper */
1703   for(nSuper=0; zSuper[nSuper]; nSuper++){
1704     cksum += zSuper[nSuper];
1705   }
1706 
1707   /* If in full-sync mode, advance to the next disk sector before writing
1708   ** the super-journal name. This is in case the previous page written to
1709   ** the journal has already been synced.
1710   */
1711   if( pPager->fullSync ){
1712     pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager);
1713   }
1714   iHdrOff = pPager->journalOff;
1715 
1716   /* Write the super-journal data to the end of the journal file. If
1717   ** an error occurs, return the error code to the caller.
1718   */
1719   if( (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff, PAGER_SJ_PGNO(pPager))))
1720    || (0 != (rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zSuper, nSuper, iHdrOff+4)))
1721    || (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+4+nSuper, nSuper)))
1722    || (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+4+nSuper+4, cksum)))
1723    || (0 != (rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, aJournalMagic, 8,
1724                                  iHdrOff+4+nSuper+8)))
1725   ){
1726     return rc;
1727   }
1728   pPager->journalOff += (nSuper+20);
1729 
1730   /* If the pager is in peristent-journal mode, then the physical
1731   ** journal-file may extend past the end of the super-journal name
1732   ** and 8 bytes of magic data just written to the file. This is
1733   ** dangerous because the code to rollback a hot-journal file
1734   ** will not be able to find the super-journal name to determine
1735   ** whether or not the journal is hot.
1736   **
1737   ** Easiest thing to do in this scenario is to truncate the journal
1738   ** file to the required size.
1739   */
1740   if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &jrnlSize))
1741    && jrnlSize>pPager->journalOff
1742   ){
1743     rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, pPager->journalOff);
1744   }
1745   return rc;
1746 }
1747 
1748 /*
1749 ** Discard the entire contents of the in-memory page-cache.
1750 */
1751 static void pager_reset(Pager *pPager){
1752   pPager->iDataVersion++;
1753   sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup);
1754   sqlite3PcacheClear(pPager->pPCache);
1755 }
1756 
1757 /*
1758 ** Return the pPager->iDataVersion value
1759 */
1760 u32 sqlite3PagerDataVersion(Pager *pPager){
1761   return pPager->iDataVersion;
1762 }
1763 
1764 /*
1765 ** Free all structures in the Pager.aSavepoint[] array and set both
1766 ** Pager.aSavepoint and Pager.nSavepoint to zero. Close the sub-journal
1767 ** if it is open and the pager is not in exclusive mode.
1768 */
1769 static void releaseAllSavepoints(Pager *pPager){
1770   int ii;               /* Iterator for looping through Pager.aSavepoint */
1771   for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){
1772     sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->aSavepoint[ii].pInSavepoint);
1773   }
1774   if( !pPager->exclusiveMode || sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->sjfd) ){
1775     sqlite3OsClose(pPager->sjfd);
1776   }
1777   sqlite3_free(pPager->aSavepoint);
1778   pPager->aSavepoint = 0;
1779   pPager->nSavepoint = 0;
1780   pPager->nSubRec = 0;
1781 }
1782 
1783 /*
1784 ** Set the bit number pgno in the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint
1785 ** bitvecs of all open savepoints. Return SQLITE_OK if successful
1786 ** or SQLITE_NOMEM if a malloc failure occurs.
1787 */
1788 static int addToSavepointBitvecs(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){
1789   int ii;                   /* Loop counter */
1790   int rc = SQLITE_OK;       /* Result code */
1791 
1792   for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){
1793     PagerSavepoint *p = &pPager->aSavepoint[ii];
1794     if( pgno<=p->nOrig ){
1795       rc |= sqlite3BitvecSet(p->pInSavepoint, pgno);
1796       testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
1797       assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
1798     }
1799   }
1800   return rc;
1801 }
1802 
1803 /*
1804 ** This function is a no-op if the pager is in exclusive mode and not
1805 ** in the ERROR state. Otherwise, it switches the pager to PAGER_OPEN
1806 ** state.
1807 **
1808 ** If the pager is not in exclusive-access mode, the database file is
1809 ** completely unlocked. If the file is unlocked and the file-system does
1810 ** not exhibit the UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN property, the journal file is
1811 ** closed (if it is open).
1812 **
1813 ** If the pager is in ERROR state when this function is called, the
1814 ** contents of the pager cache are discarded before switching back to
1815 ** the OPEN state. Regardless of whether the pager is in exclusive-mode
1816 ** or not, any journal file left in the file-system will be treated
1817 ** as a hot-journal and rolled back the next time a read-transaction
1818 ** is opened (by this or by any other connection).
1819 */
1820 static void pager_unlock(Pager *pPager){
1821 
1822   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER
1823        || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN
1824        || pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR
1825   );
1826 
1827   sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal);
1828   pPager->pInJournal = 0;
1829   releaseAllSavepoints(pPager);
1830 
1831   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
1832     assert( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
1833     sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(pPager->pWal);
1834     pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
1835   }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){
1836     int rc;                       /* Error code returned by pagerUnlockDb() */
1837     int iDc = isOpen(pPager->fd)?sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd):0;
1838 
1839     /* If the operating system support deletion of open files, then
1840     ** close the journal file when dropping the database lock.  Otherwise
1841     ** another connection with journal_mode=delete might delete the file
1842     ** out from under us.
1843     */
1844     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY   & 5)!=1 );
1845     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF      & 5)!=1 );
1846     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL      & 5)!=1 );
1847     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE   & 5)!=1 );
1848     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE & 5)==1 );
1849     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST  & 5)==1 );
1850     if( 0==(iDc & SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN)
1851      || 1!=(pPager->journalMode & 5)
1852     ){
1853       sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
1854     }
1855 
1856     /* If the pager is in the ERROR state and the call to unlock the database
1857     ** file fails, set the current lock to UNKNOWN_LOCK. See the comment
1858     ** above the #define for UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation of why this
1859     ** is necessary.
1860     */
1861     rc = pagerUnlockDb(pPager, NO_LOCK);
1862     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR ){
1863       pPager->eLock = UNKNOWN_LOCK;
1864     }
1865 
1866     /* The pager state may be changed from PAGER_ERROR to PAGER_OPEN here
1867     ** without clearing the error code. This is intentional - the error
1868     ** code is cleared and the cache reset in the block below.
1869     */
1870     assert( pPager->errCode || pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
1871     pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
1872   }
1873 
1874   /* If Pager.errCode is set, the contents of the pager cache cannot be
1875   ** trusted. Now that there are no outstanding references to the pager,
1876   ** it can safely move back to PAGER_OPEN state. This happens in both
1877   ** normal and exclusive-locking mode.
1878   */
1879   assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK || !MEMDB );
1880   if( pPager->errCode ){
1881     if( pPager->tempFile==0 ){
1882       pager_reset(pPager);
1883       pPager->changeCountDone = 0;
1884       pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
1885     }else{
1886       pPager->eState = (isOpen(pPager->jfd) ? PAGER_OPEN : PAGER_READER);
1887     }
1888     if( USEFETCH(pPager) ) sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, 0, 0);
1889     pPager->errCode = SQLITE_OK;
1890     setGetterMethod(pPager);
1891   }
1892 
1893   pPager->journalOff = 0;
1894   pPager->journalHdr = 0;
1895   pPager->setSuper = 0;
1896 }
1897 
1898 /*
1899 ** This function is called whenever an IOERR or FULL error that requires
1900 ** the pager to transition into the ERROR state may ahve occurred.
1901 ** The first argument is a pointer to the pager structure, the second
1902 ** the error-code about to be returned by a pager API function. The
1903 ** value returned is a copy of the second argument to this function.
1904 **
1905 ** If the second argument is SQLITE_FULL, SQLITE_IOERR or one of the
1906 ** IOERR sub-codes, the pager enters the ERROR state and the error code
1907 ** is stored in Pager.errCode. While the pager remains in the ERROR state,
1908 ** all major API calls on the Pager will immediately return Pager.errCode.
1909 **
1910 ** The ERROR state indicates that the contents of the pager-cache
1911 ** cannot be trusted. This state can be cleared by completely discarding
1912 ** the contents of the pager-cache. If a transaction was active when
1913 ** the persistent error occurred, then the rollback journal may need
1914 ** to be replayed to restore the contents of the database file (as if
1915 ** it were a hot-journal).
1916 */
1917 static int pager_error(Pager *pPager, int rc){
1918   int rc2 = rc & 0xff;
1919   assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || !MEMDB );
1920   assert(
1921        pPager->errCode==SQLITE_FULL ||
1922        pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ||
1923        (pPager->errCode & 0xff)==SQLITE_IOERR
1924   );
1925   if( rc2==SQLITE_FULL || rc2==SQLITE_IOERR ){
1926     pPager->errCode = rc;
1927     pPager->eState = PAGER_ERROR;
1928     setGetterMethod(pPager);
1929   }
1930   return rc;
1931 }
1932 
1933 static int pager_truncate(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage);
1934 
1935 /*
1936 ** The write transaction open on pPager is being committed (bCommit==1)
1937 ** or rolled back (bCommit==0).
1938 **
1939 ** Return TRUE if and only if all dirty pages should be flushed to disk.
1940 **
1941 ** Rules:
1942 **
1943 **   *  For non-TEMP databases, always sync to disk.  This is necessary
1944 **      for transactions to be durable.
1945 **
1946 **   *  Sync TEMP database only on a COMMIT (not a ROLLBACK) when the backing
1947 **      file has been created already (via a spill on pagerStress()) and
1948 **      when the number of dirty pages in memory exceeds 25% of the total
1949 **      cache size.
1950 */
1951 static int pagerFlushOnCommit(Pager *pPager, int bCommit){
1952   if( pPager->tempFile==0 ) return 1;
1953   if( !bCommit ) return 0;
1954   if( !isOpen(pPager->fd) ) return 0;
1955   return (sqlite3PCachePercentDirty(pPager->pPCache)>=25);
1956 }
1957 
1958 /*
1959 ** This routine ends a transaction. A transaction is usually ended by
1960 ** either a COMMIT or a ROLLBACK operation. This routine may be called
1961 ** after rollback of a hot-journal, or if an error occurs while opening
1962 ** the journal file or writing the very first journal-header of a
1963 ** database transaction.
1964 **
1965 ** This routine is never called in PAGER_ERROR state. If it is called
1966 ** in PAGER_NONE or PAGER_SHARED state and the lock held is less
1967 ** exclusive than a RESERVED lock, it is a no-op.
1968 **
1969 ** Otherwise, any active savepoints are released.
1970 **
1971 ** If the journal file is open, then it is "finalized". Once a journal
1972 ** file has been finalized it is not possible to use it to roll back a
1973 ** transaction. Nor will it be considered to be a hot-journal by this
1974 ** or any other database connection. Exactly how a journal is finalized
1975 ** depends on whether or not the pager is running in exclusive mode and
1976 ** the current journal-mode (Pager.journalMode value), as follows:
1977 **
1978 **   journalMode==MEMORY
1979 **     Journal file descriptor is simply closed. This destroys an
1980 **     in-memory journal.
1981 **
1982 **   journalMode==TRUNCATE
1983 **     Journal file is truncated to zero bytes in size.
1984 **
1985 **   journalMode==PERSIST
1986 **     The first 28 bytes of the journal file are zeroed. This invalidates
1987 **     the first journal header in the file, and hence the entire journal
1988 **     file. An invalid journal file cannot be rolled back.
1989 **
1990 **   journalMode==DELETE
1991 **     The journal file is closed and deleted using sqlite3OsDelete().
1992 **
1993 **     If the pager is running in exclusive mode, this method of finalizing
1994 **     the journal file is never used. Instead, if the journalMode is
1995 **     DELETE and the pager is in exclusive mode, the method described under
1996 **     journalMode==PERSIST is used instead.
1997 **
1998 ** After the journal is finalized, the pager moves to PAGER_READER state.
1999 ** If running in non-exclusive rollback mode, the lock on the file is
2000 ** downgraded to a SHARED_LOCK.
2001 **
2002 ** SQLITE_OK is returned if no error occurs. If an error occurs during
2003 ** any of the IO operations to finalize the journal file or unlock the
2004 ** database then the IO error code is returned to the user. If the
2005 ** operation to finalize the journal file fails, then the code still
2006 ** tries to unlock the database file if not in exclusive mode. If the
2007 ** unlock operation fails as well, then the first error code related
2008 ** to the first error encountered (the journal finalization one) is
2009 ** returned.
2010 */
2011 static int pager_end_transaction(Pager *pPager, int hasSuper, int bCommit){
2012   int rc = SQLITE_OK;      /* Error code from journal finalization operation */
2013   int rc2 = SQLITE_OK;     /* Error code from db file unlock operation */
2014 
2015   /* Do nothing if the pager does not have an open write transaction
2016   ** or at least a RESERVED lock. This function may be called when there
2017   ** is no write-transaction active but a RESERVED or greater lock is
2018   ** held under two circumstances:
2019   **
2020   **   1. After a successful hot-journal rollback, it is called with
2021   **      eState==PAGER_NONE and eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
2022   **
2023   **   2. If a connection with locking_mode=exclusive holding an EXCLUSIVE
2024   **      lock switches back to locking_mode=normal and then executes a
2025   **      read-transaction, this function is called with eState==PAGER_READER
2026   **      and eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK when the read-transaction is closed.
2027   */
2028   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
2029   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
2030   if( pPager->eState<PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED && pPager->eLock<RESERVED_LOCK ){
2031     return SQLITE_OK;
2032   }
2033 
2034   releaseAllSavepoints(pPager);
2035   assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pPager->pInJournal==0
2036       || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd)&SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC)
2037   );
2038   if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
2039     assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
2040 
2041     /* Finalize the journal file. */
2042     if( sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->jfd) ){
2043       /* assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ); */
2044       sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
2045     }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE ){
2046       if( pPager->journalOff==0 ){
2047         rc = SQLITE_OK;
2048       }else{
2049         rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, 0);
2050         if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->fullSync ){
2051           /* Make sure the new file size is written into the inode right away.
2052           ** Otherwise the journal might resurrect following a power loss and
2053           ** cause the last transaction to roll back.  See
2054           ** https://bugzilla.mozilla.org/show_bug.cgi?id=1072773
2055           */
2056           rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->syncFlags);
2057         }
2058       }
2059       pPager->journalOff = 0;
2060     }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
2061       || (pPager->exclusiveMode && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL)
2062     ){
2063       rc = zeroJournalHdr(pPager, hasSuper||pPager->tempFile);
2064       pPager->journalOff = 0;
2065     }else{
2066       /* This branch may be executed with Pager.journalMode==MEMORY if
2067       ** a hot-journal was just rolled back. In this case the journal
2068       ** file should be closed and deleted. If this connection writes to
2069       ** the database file, it will do so using an in-memory journal.
2070       */
2071       int bDelete = !pPager->tempFile;
2072       assert( sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->jfd)==0 );
2073       assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE
2074            || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
2075            || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
2076       );
2077       sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
2078       if( bDelete ){
2079         rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->extraSync);
2080       }
2081     }
2082   }
2083 
2084 #ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
2085   sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(pPager->pPCache, pager_set_pagehash);
2086   if( pPager->dbSize==0 && sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)>0 ){
2087     PgHdr *p = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, 1);
2088     if( p ){
2089       p->pageHash = 0;
2090       sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(p);
2091     }
2092   }
2093 #endif
2094 
2095   sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal);
2096   pPager->pInJournal = 0;
2097   pPager->nRec = 0;
2098   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
2099     if( MEMDB || pagerFlushOnCommit(pPager, bCommit) ){
2100       sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache);
2101     }else{
2102       sqlite3PcacheClearWritable(pPager->pPCache);
2103     }
2104     sqlite3PcacheTruncate(pPager->pPCache, pPager->dbSize);
2105   }
2106 
2107   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
2108     /* Drop the WAL write-lock, if any. Also, if the connection was in
2109     ** locking_mode=exclusive mode but is no longer, drop the EXCLUSIVE
2110     ** lock held on the database file.
2111     */
2112     rc2 = sqlite3WalEndWriteTransaction(pPager->pWal);
2113     assert( rc2==SQLITE_OK );
2114   }else if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bCommit && pPager->dbFileSize>pPager->dbSize ){
2115     /* This branch is taken when committing a transaction in rollback-journal
2116     ** mode if the database file on disk is larger than the database image.
2117     ** At this point the journal has been finalized and the transaction
2118     ** successfully committed, but the EXCLUSIVE lock is still held on the
2119     ** file. So it is safe to truncate the database file to its minimum
2120     ** required size.  */
2121     assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
2122     rc = pager_truncate(pPager, pPager->dbSize);
2123   }
2124 
2125   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bCommit ){
2126     rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_PHASETWO, 0);
2127     if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ) rc = SQLITE_OK;
2128   }
2129 
2130   if( !pPager->exclusiveMode
2131    && (!pagerUseWal(pPager) || sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, 0))
2132   ){
2133     rc2 = pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
2134   }
2135   pPager->eState = PAGER_READER;
2136   pPager->setSuper = 0;
2137 
2138   return (rc==SQLITE_OK?rc2:rc);
2139 }
2140 
2141 /*
2142 ** Execute a rollback if a transaction is active and unlock the
2143 ** database file.
2144 **
2145 ** If the pager has already entered the ERROR state, do not attempt
2146 ** the rollback at this time. Instead, pager_unlock() is called. The
2147 ** call to pager_unlock() will discard all in-memory pages, unlock
2148 ** the database file and move the pager back to OPEN state. If this
2149 ** means that there is a hot-journal left in the file-system, the next
2150 ** connection to obtain a shared lock on the pager (which may be this one)
2151 ** will roll it back.
2152 **
2153 ** If the pager has not already entered the ERROR state, but an IO or
2154 ** malloc error occurs during a rollback, then this will itself cause
2155 ** the pager to enter the ERROR state. Which will be cleared by the
2156 ** call to pager_unlock(), as described above.
2157 */
2158 static void pagerUnlockAndRollback(Pager *pPager){
2159   if( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR && pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN ){
2160     assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
2161     if( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){
2162       sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
2163       sqlite3PagerRollback(pPager);
2164       sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
2165     }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){
2166       assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER );
2167       pager_end_transaction(pPager, 0, 0);
2168     }
2169   }
2170   pager_unlock(pPager);
2171 }
2172 
2173 /*
2174 ** Parameter aData must point to a buffer of pPager->pageSize bytes
2175 ** of data. Compute and return a checksum based ont the contents of the
2176 ** page of data and the current value of pPager->cksumInit.
2177 **
2178 ** This is not a real checksum. It is really just the sum of the
2179 ** random initial value (pPager->cksumInit) and every 200th byte
2180 ** of the page data, starting with byte offset (pPager->pageSize%200).
2181 ** Each byte is interpreted as an 8-bit unsigned integer.
2182 **
2183 ** Changing the formula used to compute this checksum results in an
2184 ** incompatible journal file format.
2185 **
2186 ** If journal corruption occurs due to a power failure, the most likely
2187 ** scenario is that one end or the other of the record will be changed.
2188 ** It is much less likely that the two ends of the journal record will be
2189 ** correct and the middle be corrupt.  Thus, this "checksum" scheme,
2190 ** though fast and simple, catches the mostly likely kind of corruption.
2191 */
2192 static u32 pager_cksum(Pager *pPager, const u8 *aData){
2193   u32 cksum = pPager->cksumInit;         /* Checksum value to return */
2194   int i = pPager->pageSize-200;          /* Loop counter */
2195   while( i>0 ){
2196     cksum += aData[i];
2197     i -= 200;
2198   }
2199   return cksum;
2200 }
2201 
2202 /*
2203 ** Read a single page from either the journal file (if isMainJrnl==1) or
2204 ** from the sub-journal (if isMainJrnl==0) and playback that page.
2205 ** The page begins at offset *pOffset into the file. The *pOffset
2206 ** value is increased to the start of the next page in the journal.
2207 **
2208 ** The main rollback journal uses checksums - the statement journal does
2209 ** not.
2210 **
2211 ** If the page number of the page record read from the (sub-)journal file
2212 ** is greater than the current value of Pager.dbSize, then playback is
2213 ** skipped and SQLITE_OK is returned.
2214 **
2215 ** If pDone is not NULL, then it is a record of pages that have already
2216 ** been played back.  If the page at *pOffset has already been played back
2217 ** (if the corresponding pDone bit is set) then skip the playback.
2218 ** Make sure the pDone bit corresponding to the *pOffset page is set
2219 ** prior to returning.
2220 **
2221 ** If the page record is successfully read from the (sub-)journal file
2222 ** and played back, then SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error occurs
2223 ** while reading the record from the (sub-)journal file or while writing
2224 ** to the database file, then the IO error code is returned. If data
2225 ** is successfully read from the (sub-)journal file but appears to be
2226 ** corrupted, SQLITE_DONE is returned. Data is considered corrupted in
2227 ** two circumstances:
2228 **
2229 **   * If the record page-number is illegal (0 or PAGER_SJ_PGNO), or
2230 **   * If the record is being rolled back from the main journal file
2231 **     and the checksum field does not match the record content.
2232 **
2233 ** Neither of these two scenarios are possible during a savepoint rollback.
2234 **
2235 ** If this is a savepoint rollback, then memory may have to be dynamically
2236 ** allocated by this function. If this is the case and an allocation fails,
2237 ** SQLITE_NOMEM is returned.
2238 */
2239 static int pager_playback_one_page(
2240   Pager *pPager,                /* The pager being played back */
2241   i64 *pOffset,                 /* Offset of record to playback */
2242   Bitvec *pDone,                /* Bitvec of pages already played back */
2243   int isMainJrnl,               /* 1 -> main journal. 0 -> sub-journal. */
2244   int isSavepnt                 /* True for a savepoint rollback */
2245 ){
2246   int rc;
2247   PgHdr *pPg;                   /* An existing page in the cache */
2248   Pgno pgno;                    /* The page number of a page in journal */
2249   u32 cksum;                    /* Checksum used for sanity checking */
2250   char *aData;                  /* Temporary storage for the page */
2251   sqlite3_file *jfd;            /* The file descriptor for the journal file */
2252   int isSynced;                 /* True if journal page is synced */
2253 
2254   assert( (isMainJrnl&~1)==0 );      /* isMainJrnl is 0 or 1 */
2255   assert( (isSavepnt&~1)==0 );       /* isSavepnt is 0 or 1 */
2256   assert( isMainJrnl || pDone );     /* pDone always used on sub-journals */
2257   assert( isSavepnt || pDone==0 );   /* pDone never used on non-savepoint */
2258 
2259   aData = pPager->pTmpSpace;
2260   assert( aData );         /* Temp storage must have already been allocated */
2261   assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 || (!isMainJrnl && isSavepnt) );
2262 
2263   /* Either the state is greater than PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD (a transaction
2264   ** or savepoint rollback done at the request of the caller) or this is
2265   ** a hot-journal rollback. If it is a hot-journal rollback, the pager
2266   ** is in state OPEN and holds an EXCLUSIVE lock. Hot-journal rollback
2267   ** only reads from the main journal, not the sub-journal.
2268   */
2269   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
2270        || (pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN && pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK)
2271   );
2272   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD || isMainJrnl );
2273 
2274   /* Read the page number and page data from the journal or sub-journal
2275   ** file. Return an error code to the caller if an IO error occurs.
2276   */
2277   jfd = isMainJrnl ? pPager->jfd : pPager->sjfd;
2278   rc = read32bits(jfd, *pOffset, &pgno);
2279   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
2280   rc = sqlite3OsRead(jfd, (u8*)aData, pPager->pageSize, (*pOffset)+4);
2281   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
2282   *pOffset += pPager->pageSize + 4 + isMainJrnl*4;
2283 
2284   /* Sanity checking on the page.  This is more important that I originally
2285   ** thought.  If a power failure occurs while the journal is being written,
2286   ** it could cause invalid data to be written into the journal.  We need to
2287   ** detect this invalid data (with high probability) and ignore it.
2288   */
2289   if( pgno==0 || pgno==PAGER_SJ_PGNO(pPager) ){
2290     assert( !isSavepnt );
2291     return SQLITE_DONE;
2292   }
2293   if( pgno>(Pgno)pPager->dbSize || sqlite3BitvecTest(pDone, pgno) ){
2294     return SQLITE_OK;
2295   }
2296   if( isMainJrnl ){
2297     rc = read32bits(jfd, (*pOffset)-4, &cksum);
2298     if( rc ) return rc;
2299     if( !isSavepnt && pager_cksum(pPager, (u8*)aData)!=cksum ){
2300       return SQLITE_DONE;
2301     }
2302   }
2303 
2304   /* If this page has already been played back before during the current
2305   ** rollback, then don't bother to play it back again.
2306   */
2307   if( pDone && (rc = sqlite3BitvecSet(pDone, pgno))!=SQLITE_OK ){
2308     return rc;
2309   }
2310 
2311   /* When playing back page 1, restore the nReserve setting
2312   */
2313   if( pgno==1 && pPager->nReserve!=((u8*)aData)[20] ){
2314     pPager->nReserve = ((u8*)aData)[20];
2315   }
2316 
2317   /* If the pager is in CACHEMOD state, then there must be a copy of this
2318   ** page in the pager cache. In this case just update the pager cache,
2319   ** not the database file. The page is left marked dirty in this case.
2320   **
2321   ** An exception to the above rule: If the database is in no-sync mode
2322   ** and a page is moved during an incremental vacuum then the page may
2323   ** not be in the pager cache. Later: if a malloc() or IO error occurs
2324   ** during a Movepage() call, then the page may not be in the cache
2325   ** either. So the condition described in the above paragraph is not
2326   ** assert()able.
2327   **
2328   ** If in WRITER_DBMOD, WRITER_FINISHED or OPEN state, then we update the
2329   ** pager cache if it exists and the main file. The page is then marked
2330   ** not dirty. Since this code is only executed in PAGER_OPEN state for
2331   ** a hot-journal rollback, it is guaranteed that the page-cache is empty
2332   ** if the pager is in OPEN state.
2333   **
2334   ** Ticket #1171:  The statement journal might contain page content that is
2335   ** different from the page content at the start of the transaction.
2336   ** This occurs when a page is changed prior to the start of a statement
2337   ** then changed again within the statement.  When rolling back such a
2338   ** statement we must not write to the original database unless we know
2339   ** for certain that original page contents are synced into the main rollback
2340   ** journal.  Otherwise, a power loss might leave modified data in the
2341   ** database file without an entry in the rollback journal that can
2342   ** restore the database to its original form.  Two conditions must be
2343   ** met before writing to the database files. (1) the database must be
2344   ** locked.  (2) we know that the original page content is fully synced
2345   ** in the main journal either because the page is not in cache or else
2346   ** the page is marked as needSync==0.
2347   **
2348   ** 2008-04-14:  When attempting to vacuum a corrupt database file, it
2349   ** is possible to fail a statement on a database that does not yet exist.
2350   ** Do not attempt to write if database file has never been opened.
2351   */
2352   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
2353     pPg = 0;
2354   }else{
2355     pPg = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pgno);
2356   }
2357   assert( pPg || !MEMDB );
2358   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN || pPg==0 || pPager->tempFile );
2359   PAGERTRACE(("PLAYBACK %d page %d hash(%08x) %s\n",
2360            PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_datahash(pPager->pageSize, (u8*)aData),
2361            (isMainJrnl?"main-journal":"sub-journal")
2362   ));
2363   if( isMainJrnl ){
2364     isSynced = pPager->noSync || (*pOffset <= pPager->journalHdr);
2365   }else{
2366     isSynced = (pPg==0 || 0==(pPg->flags & PGHDR_NEED_SYNC));
2367   }
2368   if( isOpen(pPager->fd)
2369    && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN)
2370    && isSynced
2371   ){
2372     i64 ofst = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize;
2373     testcase( !isSavepnt && pPg!=0 && (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)!=0 );
2374     assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
2375 
2376     /* Write the data read from the journal back into the database file.
2377     ** This is usually safe even for an encrypted database - as the data
2378     ** was encrypted before it was written to the journal file. The exception
2379     ** is if the data was just read from an in-memory sub-journal. In that
2380     ** case it must be encrypted here before it is copied into the database
2381     ** file.  */
2382     rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, (u8 *)aData, pPager->pageSize, ofst);
2383 
2384     if( pgno>pPager->dbFileSize ){
2385       pPager->dbFileSize = pgno;
2386     }
2387     if( pPager->pBackup ){
2388       sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, pgno, (u8*)aData);
2389     }
2390   }else if( !isMainJrnl && pPg==0 ){
2391     /* If this is a rollback of a savepoint and data was not written to
2392     ** the database and the page is not in-memory, there is a potential
2393     ** problem. When the page is next fetched by the b-tree layer, it
2394     ** will be read from the database file, which may or may not be
2395     ** current.
2396     **
2397     ** There are a couple of different ways this can happen. All are quite
2398     ** obscure. When running in synchronous mode, this can only happen
2399     ** if the page is on the free-list at the start of the transaction, then
2400     ** populated, then moved using sqlite3PagerMovepage().
2401     **
2402     ** The solution is to add an in-memory page to the cache containing
2403     ** the data just read from the sub-journal. Mark the page as dirty
2404     ** and if the pager requires a journal-sync, then mark the page as
2405     ** requiring a journal-sync before it is written.
2406     */
2407     assert( isSavepnt );
2408     assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK)==0 );
2409     pPager->doNotSpill |= SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK;
2410     rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, pgno, &pPg, 1);
2411     assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK)!=0 );
2412     pPager->doNotSpill &= ~SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK;
2413     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
2414     sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg);
2415   }
2416   if( pPg ){
2417     /* No page should ever be explicitly rolled back that is in use, except
2418     ** for page 1 which is held in use in order to keep the lock on the
2419     ** database active. However such a page may be rolled back as a result
2420     ** of an internal error resulting in an automatic call to
2421     ** sqlite3PagerRollback().
2422     */
2423     void *pData;
2424     pData = pPg->pData;
2425     memcpy(pData, (u8*)aData, pPager->pageSize);
2426     pPager->xReiniter(pPg);
2427     /* It used to be that sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(pPg) was called here.  But
2428     ** that call was dangerous and had no detectable benefit since the cache
2429     ** is normally cleaned by sqlite3PcacheCleanAll() after rollback and so
2430     ** has been removed. */
2431     pager_set_pagehash(pPg);
2432 
2433     /* If this was page 1, then restore the value of Pager.dbFileVers.
2434     ** Do this before any decoding. */
2435     if( pgno==1 ){
2436       memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, &((u8*)pData)[24],sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
2437     }
2438     sqlite3PcacheRelease(pPg);
2439   }
2440   return rc;
2441 }
2442 
2443 /*
2444 ** Parameter zSuper is the name of a super-journal file. A single journal
2445 ** file that referred to the super-journal file has just been rolled back.
2446 ** This routine checks if it is possible to delete the super-journal file,
2447 ** and does so if it is.
2448 **
2449 ** Argument zSuper may point to Pager.pTmpSpace. So that buffer is not
2450 ** available for use within this function.
2451 **
2452 ** When a super-journal file is created, it is populated with the names
2453 ** of all of its child journals, one after another, formatted as utf-8
2454 ** encoded text. The end of each child journal file is marked with a
2455 ** nul-terminator byte (0x00). i.e. the entire contents of a super-journal
2456 ** file for a transaction involving two databases might be:
2457 **
2458 **   "/home/bill/a.db-journal\x00/home/bill/b.db-journal\x00"
2459 **
2460 ** A super-journal file may only be deleted once all of its child
2461 ** journals have been rolled back.
2462 **
2463 ** This function reads the contents of the super-journal file into
2464 ** memory and loops through each of the child journal names. For
2465 ** each child journal, it checks if:
2466 **
2467 **   * if the child journal exists, and if so
2468 **   * if the child journal contains a reference to super-journal
2469 **     file zSuper
2470 **
2471 ** If a child journal can be found that matches both of the criteria
2472 ** above, this function returns without doing anything. Otherwise, if
2473 ** no such child journal can be found, file zSuper is deleted from
2474 ** the file-system using sqlite3OsDelete().
2475 **
2476 ** If an IO error within this function, an error code is returned. This
2477 ** function allocates memory by calling sqlite3Malloc(). If an allocation
2478 ** fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. Otherwise, if no IO or malloc errors
2479 ** occur, SQLITE_OK is returned.
2480 **
2481 ** TODO: This function allocates a single block of memory to load
2482 ** the entire contents of the super-journal file. This could be
2483 ** a couple of kilobytes or so - potentially larger than the page
2484 ** size.
2485 */
2486 static int pager_delsuper(Pager *pPager, const char *zSuper){
2487   sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = pPager->pVfs;
2488   int rc;                   /* Return code */
2489   sqlite3_file *pSuper;     /* Malloc'd super-journal file descriptor */
2490   sqlite3_file *pJournal;   /* Malloc'd child-journal file descriptor */
2491   char *zSuperJournal = 0;  /* Contents of super-journal file */
2492   i64 nSuperJournal;        /* Size of super-journal file */
2493   char *zJournal;           /* Pointer to one journal within MJ file */
2494   char *zSuperPtr;          /* Space to hold super-journal filename */
2495   char *zFree = 0;          /* Free this buffer */
2496   int nSuperPtr;            /* Amount of space allocated to zSuperPtr[] */
2497 
2498   /* Allocate space for both the pJournal and pSuper file descriptors.
2499   ** If successful, open the super-journal file for reading.
2500   */
2501   pSuper = (sqlite3_file *)sqlite3MallocZero(pVfs->szOsFile * 2);
2502   if( !pSuper ){
2503     rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
2504     pJournal = 0;
2505   }else{
2506     const int flags = (SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_SUPER_JOURNAL);
2507     rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zSuper, pSuper, flags, 0);
2508     pJournal = (sqlite3_file *)(((u8 *)pSuper) + pVfs->szOsFile);
2509   }
2510   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delsuper_out;
2511 
2512   /* Load the entire super-journal file into space obtained from
2513   ** sqlite3_malloc() and pointed to by zSuperJournal.   Also obtain
2514   ** sufficient space (in zSuperPtr) to hold the names of super-journal
2515   ** files extracted from regular rollback-journals.
2516   */
2517   rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pSuper, &nSuperJournal);
2518   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delsuper_out;
2519   nSuperPtr = pVfs->mxPathname+1;
2520   zFree = sqlite3Malloc(4 + nSuperJournal + nSuperPtr + 2);
2521   if( !zFree ){
2522     rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
2523     goto delsuper_out;
2524   }
2525   zFree[0] = zFree[1] = zFree[2] = zFree[3] = 0;
2526   zSuperJournal = &zFree[4];
2527   zSuperPtr = &zSuperJournal[nSuperJournal+2];
2528   rc = sqlite3OsRead(pSuper, zSuperJournal, (int)nSuperJournal, 0);
2529   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delsuper_out;
2530   zSuperJournal[nSuperJournal] = 0;
2531   zSuperJournal[nSuperJournal+1] = 0;
2532 
2533   zJournal = zSuperJournal;
2534   while( (zJournal-zSuperJournal)<nSuperJournal ){
2535     int exists;
2536     rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &exists);
2537     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
2538       goto delsuper_out;
2539     }
2540     if( exists ){
2541       /* One of the journals pointed to by the super-journal exists.
2542       ** Open it and check if it points at the super-journal. If
2543       ** so, return without deleting the super-journal file.
2544       ** NB:  zJournal is really a MAIN_JOURNAL.  But call it a
2545       ** SUPER_JOURNAL here so that the VFS will not send the zJournal
2546       ** name into sqlite3_database_file_object().
2547       */
2548       int c;
2549       int flags = (SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_SUPER_JOURNAL);
2550       rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zJournal, pJournal, flags, 0);
2551       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
2552         goto delsuper_out;
2553       }
2554 
2555       rc = readSuperJournal(pJournal, zSuperPtr, nSuperPtr);
2556       sqlite3OsClose(pJournal);
2557       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
2558         goto delsuper_out;
2559       }
2560 
2561       c = zSuperPtr[0]!=0 && strcmp(zSuperPtr, zSuper)==0;
2562       if( c ){
2563         /* We have a match. Do not delete the super-journal file. */
2564         goto delsuper_out;
2565       }
2566     }
2567     zJournal += (sqlite3Strlen30(zJournal)+1);
2568   }
2569 
2570   sqlite3OsClose(pSuper);
2571   rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, zSuper, 0);
2572 
2573 delsuper_out:
2574   sqlite3_free(zFree);
2575   if( pSuper ){
2576     sqlite3OsClose(pSuper);
2577     assert( !isOpen(pJournal) );
2578     sqlite3_free(pSuper);
2579   }
2580   return rc;
2581 }
2582 
2583 
2584 /*
2585 ** This function is used to change the actual size of the database
2586 ** file in the file-system. This only happens when committing a transaction,
2587 ** or rolling back a transaction (including rolling back a hot-journal).
2588 **
2589 ** If the main database file is not open, or the pager is not in either
2590 ** DBMOD or OPEN state, this function is a no-op. Otherwise, the size
2591 ** of the file is changed to nPage pages (nPage*pPager->pageSize bytes).
2592 ** If the file on disk is currently larger than nPage pages, then use the VFS
2593 ** xTruncate() method to truncate it.
2594 **
2595 ** Or, it might be the case that the file on disk is smaller than
2596 ** nPage pages. Some operating system implementations can get confused if
2597 ** you try to truncate a file to some size that is larger than it
2598 ** currently is, so detect this case and write a single zero byte to
2599 ** the end of the new file instead.
2600 **
2601 ** If successful, return SQLITE_OK. If an IO error occurs while modifying
2602 ** the database file, return the error code to the caller.
2603 */
2604 static int pager_truncate(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage){
2605   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
2606   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
2607   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_READER );
2608 
2609   if( isOpen(pPager->fd)
2610    && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN)
2611   ){
2612     i64 currentSize, newSize;
2613     int szPage = pPager->pageSize;
2614     assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
2615     /* TODO: Is it safe to use Pager.dbFileSize here? */
2616     rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, &currentSize);
2617     newSize = szPage*(i64)nPage;
2618     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && currentSize!=newSize ){
2619       if( currentSize>newSize ){
2620         rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->fd, newSize);
2621       }else if( (currentSize+szPage)<=newSize ){
2622         char *pTmp = pPager->pTmpSpace;
2623         memset(pTmp, 0, szPage);
2624         testcase( (newSize-szPage) == currentSize );
2625         testcase( (newSize-szPage) >  currentSize );
2626         sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT, &newSize);
2627         rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, pTmp, szPage, newSize-szPage);
2628       }
2629       if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
2630         pPager->dbFileSize = nPage;
2631       }
2632     }
2633   }
2634   return rc;
2635 }
2636 
2637 /*
2638 ** Return a sanitized version of the sector-size of OS file pFile. The
2639 ** return value is guaranteed to lie between 32 and MAX_SECTOR_SIZE.
2640 */
2641 int sqlite3SectorSize(sqlite3_file *pFile){
2642   int iRet = sqlite3OsSectorSize(pFile);
2643   if( iRet<32 ){
2644     iRet = 512;
2645   }else if( iRet>MAX_SECTOR_SIZE ){
2646     assert( MAX_SECTOR_SIZE>=512 );
2647     iRet = MAX_SECTOR_SIZE;
2648   }
2649   return iRet;
2650 }
2651 
2652 /*
2653 ** Set the value of the Pager.sectorSize variable for the given
2654 ** pager based on the value returned by the xSectorSize method
2655 ** of the open database file. The sector size will be used
2656 ** to determine the size and alignment of journal header and
2657 ** super-journal pointers within created journal files.
2658 **
2659 ** For temporary files the effective sector size is always 512 bytes.
2660 **
2661 ** Otherwise, for non-temporary files, the effective sector size is
2662 ** the value returned by the xSectorSize() method rounded up to 32 if
2663 ** it is less than 32, or rounded down to MAX_SECTOR_SIZE if it
2664 ** is greater than MAX_SECTOR_SIZE.
2665 **
2666 ** If the file has the SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE property, then set
2667 ** the effective sector size to its minimum value (512).  The purpose of
2668 ** pPager->sectorSize is to define the "blast radius" of bytes that
2669 ** might change if a crash occurs while writing to a single byte in
2670 ** that range.  But with POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE, the blast radius is zero
2671 ** (that is what POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE means), so we minimize the sector
2672 ** size.  For backwards compatibility of the rollback journal file format,
2673 ** we cannot reduce the effective sector size below 512.
2674 */
2675 static void setSectorSize(Pager *pPager){
2676   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile );
2677 
2678   if( pPager->tempFile
2679    || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd) &
2680               SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE)!=0
2681   ){
2682     /* Sector size doesn't matter for temporary files. Also, the file
2683     ** may not have been opened yet, in which case the OsSectorSize()
2684     ** call will segfault. */
2685     pPager->sectorSize = 512;
2686   }else{
2687     pPager->sectorSize = sqlite3SectorSize(pPager->fd);
2688   }
2689 }
2690 
2691 /*
2692 ** Playback the journal and thus restore the database file to
2693 ** the state it was in before we started making changes.
2694 **
2695 ** The journal file format is as follows:
2696 **
2697 **  (1)  8 byte prefix.  A copy of aJournalMagic[].
2698 **  (2)  4 byte big-endian integer which is the number of valid page records
2699 **       in the journal.  If this value is 0xffffffff, then compute the
2700 **       number of page records from the journal size.
2701 **  (3)  4 byte big-endian integer which is the initial value for the
2702 **       sanity checksum.
2703 **  (4)  4 byte integer which is the number of pages to truncate the
2704 **       database to during a rollback.
2705 **  (5)  4 byte big-endian integer which is the sector size.  The header
2706 **       is this many bytes in size.
2707 **  (6)  4 byte big-endian integer which is the page size.
2708 **  (7)  zero padding out to the next sector size.
2709 **  (8)  Zero or more pages instances, each as follows:
2710 **        +  4 byte page number.
2711 **        +  pPager->pageSize bytes of data.
2712 **        +  4 byte checksum
2713 **
2714 ** When we speak of the journal header, we mean the first 7 items above.
2715 ** Each entry in the journal is an instance of the 8th item.
2716 **
2717 ** Call the value from the second bullet "nRec".  nRec is the number of
2718 ** valid page entries in the journal.  In most cases, you can compute the
2719 ** value of nRec from the size of the journal file.  But if a power
2720 ** failure occurred while the journal was being written, it could be the
2721 ** case that the size of the journal file had already been increased but
2722 ** the extra entries had not yet made it safely to disk.  In such a case,
2723 ** the value of nRec computed from the file size would be too large.  For
2724 ** that reason, we always use the nRec value in the header.
2725 **
2726 ** If the nRec value is 0xffffffff it means that nRec should be computed
2727 ** from the file size.  This value is used when the user selects the
2728 ** no-sync option for the journal.  A power failure could lead to corruption
2729 ** in this case.  But for things like temporary table (which will be
2730 ** deleted when the power is restored) we don't care.
2731 **
2732 ** If the file opened as the journal file is not a well-formed
2733 ** journal file then all pages up to the first corrupted page are rolled
2734 ** back (or no pages if the journal header is corrupted). The journal file
2735 ** is then deleted and SQLITE_OK returned, just as if no corruption had
2736 ** been encountered.
2737 **
2738 ** If an I/O or malloc() error occurs, the journal-file is not deleted
2739 ** and an error code is returned.
2740 **
2741 ** The isHot parameter indicates that we are trying to rollback a journal
2742 ** that might be a hot journal.  Or, it could be that the journal is
2743 ** preserved because of JOURNALMODE_PERSIST or JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE.
2744 ** If the journal really is hot, reset the pager cache prior rolling
2745 ** back any content.  If the journal is merely persistent, no reset is
2746 ** needed.
2747 */
2748 static int pager_playback(Pager *pPager, int isHot){
2749   sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = pPager->pVfs;
2750   i64 szJ;                 /* Size of the journal file in bytes */
2751   u32 nRec;                /* Number of Records in the journal */
2752   u32 u;                   /* Unsigned loop counter */
2753   Pgno mxPg = 0;           /* Size of the original file in pages */
2754   int rc;                  /* Result code of a subroutine */
2755   int res = 1;             /* Value returned by sqlite3OsAccess() */
2756   char *zSuper = 0;        /* Name of super-journal file if any */
2757   int needPagerReset;      /* True to reset page prior to first page rollback */
2758   int nPlayback = 0;       /* Total number of pages restored from journal */
2759   u32 savedPageSize = pPager->pageSize;
2760 
2761   /* Figure out how many records are in the journal.  Abort early if
2762   ** the journal is empty.
2763   */
2764   assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
2765   rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &szJ);
2766   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
2767     goto end_playback;
2768   }
2769 
2770   /* Read the super-journal name from the journal, if it is present.
2771   ** If a super-journal file name is specified, but the file is not
2772   ** present on disk, then the journal is not hot and does not need to be
2773   ** played back.
2774   **
2775   ** TODO: Technically the following is an error because it assumes that
2776   ** buffer Pager.pTmpSpace is (mxPathname+1) bytes or larger. i.e. that
2777   ** (pPager->pageSize >= pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1). Using os_unix.c,
2778   ** mxPathname is 512, which is the same as the minimum allowable value
2779   ** for pageSize.
2780   */
2781   zSuper = pPager->pTmpSpace;
2782   rc = readSuperJournal(pPager->jfd, zSuper, pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1);
2783   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zSuper[0] ){
2784     rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, zSuper, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &res);
2785   }
2786   zSuper = 0;
2787   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || !res ){
2788     goto end_playback;
2789   }
2790   pPager->journalOff = 0;
2791   needPagerReset = isHot;
2792 
2793   /* This loop terminates either when a readJournalHdr() or
2794   ** pager_playback_one_page() call returns SQLITE_DONE or an IO error
2795   ** occurs.
2796   */
2797   while( 1 ){
2798     /* Read the next journal header from the journal file.  If there are
2799     ** not enough bytes left in the journal file for a complete header, or
2800     ** it is corrupted, then a process must have failed while writing it.
2801     ** This indicates nothing more needs to be rolled back.
2802     */
2803     rc = readJournalHdr(pPager, isHot, szJ, &nRec, &mxPg);
2804     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
2805       if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
2806         rc = SQLITE_OK;
2807       }
2808       goto end_playback;
2809     }
2810 
2811     /* If nRec is 0xffffffff, then this journal was created by a process
2812     ** working in no-sync mode. This means that the rest of the journal
2813     ** file consists of pages, there are no more journal headers. Compute
2814     ** the value of nRec based on this assumption.
2815     */
2816     if( nRec==0xffffffff ){
2817       assert( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) );
2818       nRec = (int)((szJ - JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager))/JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager));
2819     }
2820 
2821     /* If nRec is 0 and this rollback is of a transaction created by this
2822     ** process and if this is the final header in the journal, then it means
2823     ** that this part of the journal was being filled but has not yet been
2824     ** synced to disk.  Compute the number of pages based on the remaining
2825     ** size of the file.
2826     **
2827     ** The third term of the test was added to fix ticket #2565.
2828     ** When rolling back a hot journal, nRec==0 always means that the next
2829     ** chunk of the journal contains zero pages to be rolled back.  But
2830     ** when doing a ROLLBACK and the nRec==0 chunk is the last chunk in
2831     ** the journal, it means that the journal might contain additional
2832     ** pages that need to be rolled back and that the number of pages
2833     ** should be computed based on the journal file size.
2834     */
2835     if( nRec==0 && !isHot &&
2836         pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff ){
2837       nRec = (int)((szJ - pPager->journalOff) / JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager));
2838     }
2839 
2840     /* If this is the first header read from the journal, truncate the
2841     ** database file back to its original size.
2842     */
2843     if( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ){
2844       rc = pager_truncate(pPager, mxPg);
2845       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
2846         goto end_playback;
2847       }
2848       pPager->dbSize = mxPg;
2849       if( pPager->mxPgno<mxPg ){
2850         pPager->mxPgno = mxPg;
2851       }
2852     }
2853 
2854     /* Copy original pages out of the journal and back into the
2855     ** database file and/or page cache.
2856     */
2857     for(u=0; u<nRec; u++){
2858       if( needPagerReset ){
2859         pager_reset(pPager);
2860         needPagerReset = 0;
2861       }
2862       rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager,&pPager->journalOff,0,1,0);
2863       if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
2864         nPlayback++;
2865       }else{
2866         if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
2867           pPager->journalOff = szJ;
2868           break;
2869         }else if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
2870           /* If the journal has been truncated, simply stop reading and
2871           ** processing the journal. This might happen if the journal was
2872           ** not completely written and synced prior to a crash.  In that
2873           ** case, the database should have never been written in the
2874           ** first place so it is OK to simply abandon the rollback. */
2875           rc = SQLITE_OK;
2876           goto end_playback;
2877         }else{
2878           /* If we are unable to rollback, quit and return the error
2879           ** code.  This will cause the pager to enter the error state
2880           ** so that no further harm will be done.  Perhaps the next
2881           ** process to come along will be able to rollback the database.
2882           */
2883           goto end_playback;
2884         }
2885       }
2886     }
2887   }
2888   /*NOTREACHED*/
2889   assert( 0 );
2890 
2891 end_playback:
2892   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
2893     rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pPager, &savedPageSize, -1);
2894   }
2895   /* Following a rollback, the database file should be back in its original
2896   ** state prior to the start of the transaction, so invoke the
2897   ** SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED file-control method to disable the
2898   ** assertion that the transaction counter was modified.
2899   */
2900 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
2901   sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd,SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED,0);
2902 #endif
2903 
2904   /* If this playback is happening automatically as a result of an IO or
2905   ** malloc error that occurred after the change-counter was updated but
2906   ** before the transaction was committed, then the change-counter
2907   ** modification may just have been reverted. If this happens in exclusive
2908   ** mode, then subsequent transactions performed by the connection will not
2909   ** update the change-counter at all. This may lead to cache inconsistency
2910   ** problems for other processes at some point in the future. So, just
2911   ** in case this has happened, clear the changeCountDone flag now.
2912   */
2913   pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile;
2914 
2915   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
2916     /* Leave 4 bytes of space before the super-journal filename in memory.
2917     ** This is because it may end up being passed to sqlite3OsOpen(), in
2918     ** which case it requires 4 0x00 bytes in memory immediately before
2919     ** the filename. */
2920     zSuper = &pPager->pTmpSpace[4];
2921     rc = readSuperJournal(pPager->jfd, zSuper, pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1);
2922     testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
2923   }
2924   if( rc==SQLITE_OK
2925    && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN)
2926   ){
2927     rc = sqlite3PagerSync(pPager, 0);
2928   }
2929   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
2930     rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, zSuper[0]!='\0', 0);
2931     testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
2932   }
2933   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zSuper[0] && res ){
2934     /* If there was a super-journal and this routine will return success,
2935     ** see if it is possible to delete the super-journal.
2936     */
2937     assert( zSuper==&pPager->pTmpSpace[4] );
2938     memset(&zSuper[-4], 0, 4);
2939     rc = pager_delsuper(pPager, zSuper);
2940     testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
2941   }
2942   if( isHot && nPlayback ){
2943     sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOTICE_RECOVER_ROLLBACK, "recovered %d pages from %s",
2944                 nPlayback, pPager->zJournal);
2945   }
2946 
2947   /* The Pager.sectorSize variable may have been updated while rolling
2948   ** back a journal created by a process with a different sector size
2949   ** value. Reset it to the correct value for this process.
2950   */
2951   setSectorSize(pPager);
2952   return rc;
2953 }
2954 
2955 
2956 /*
2957 ** Read the content for page pPg out of the database file (or out of
2958 ** the WAL if that is where the most recent copy if found) into
2959 ** pPg->pData. A shared lock or greater must be held on the database
2960 ** file before this function is called.
2961 **
2962 ** If page 1 is read, then the value of Pager.dbFileVers[] is set to
2963 ** the value read from the database file.
2964 **
2965 ** If an IO error occurs, then the IO error is returned to the caller.
2966 ** Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is returned.
2967 */
2968 static int readDbPage(PgHdr *pPg){
2969   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; /* Pager object associated with page pPg */
2970   int rc = SQLITE_OK;          /* Return code */
2971 
2972 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
2973   u32 iFrame = 0;              /* Frame of WAL containing pgno */
2974 
2975   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER && !MEMDB );
2976   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) );
2977 
2978   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
2979     rc = sqlite3WalFindFrame(pPager->pWal, pPg->pgno, &iFrame);
2980     if( rc ) return rc;
2981   }
2982   if( iFrame ){
2983     rc = sqlite3WalReadFrame(pPager->pWal, iFrame,pPager->pageSize,pPg->pData);
2984   }else
2985 #endif
2986   {
2987     i64 iOffset = (pPg->pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize;
2988     rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, pPg->pData, pPager->pageSize, iOffset);
2989     if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
2990       rc = SQLITE_OK;
2991     }
2992   }
2993 
2994   if( pPg->pgno==1 ){
2995     if( rc ){
2996       /* If the read is unsuccessful, set the dbFileVers[] to something
2997       ** that will never be a valid file version.  dbFileVers[] is a copy
2998       ** of bytes 24..39 of the database.  Bytes 28..31 should always be
2999       ** zero or the size of the database in page. Bytes 32..35 and 35..39
3000       ** should be page numbers which are never 0xffffffff.  So filling
3001       ** pPager->dbFileVers[] with all 0xff bytes should suffice.
3002       **
3003       ** For an encrypted database, the situation is more complex:  bytes
3004       ** 24..39 of the database are white noise.  But the probability of
3005       ** white noise equaling 16 bytes of 0xff is vanishingly small so
3006       ** we should still be ok.
3007       */
3008       memset(pPager->dbFileVers, 0xff, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
3009     }else{
3010       u8 *dbFileVers = &((u8*)pPg->pData)[24];
3011       memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, dbFileVers, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
3012     }
3013   }
3014   PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_readdb_count);
3015   PAGER_INCR(pPager->nRead);
3016   IOTRACE(("PGIN %p %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno));
3017   PAGERTRACE(("FETCH %d page %d hash(%08x)\n",
3018                PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno, pager_pagehash(pPg)));
3019 
3020   return rc;
3021 }
3022 
3023 /*
3024 ** Update the value of the change-counter at offsets 24 and 92 in
3025 ** the header and the sqlite version number at offset 96.
3026 **
3027 ** This is an unconditional update.  See also the pager_incr_changecounter()
3028 ** routine which only updates the change-counter if the update is actually
3029 ** needed, as determined by the pPager->changeCountDone state variable.
3030 */
3031 static void pager_write_changecounter(PgHdr *pPg){
3032   u32 change_counter;
3033   if( NEVER(pPg==0) ) return;
3034 
3035   /* Increment the value just read and write it back to byte 24. */
3036   change_counter = sqlite3Get4byte((u8*)pPg->pPager->dbFileVers)+1;
3037   put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+24, change_counter);
3038 
3039   /* Also store the SQLite version number in bytes 96..99 and in
3040   ** bytes 92..95 store the change counter for which the version number
3041   ** is valid. */
3042   put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+92, change_counter);
3043   put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+96, SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER);
3044 }
3045 
3046 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
3047 /*
3048 ** This function is invoked once for each page that has already been
3049 ** written into the log file when a WAL transaction is rolled back.
3050 ** Parameter iPg is the page number of said page. The pCtx argument
3051 ** is actually a pointer to the Pager structure.
3052 **
3053 ** If page iPg is present in the cache, and has no outstanding references,
3054 ** it is discarded. Otherwise, if there are one or more outstanding
3055 ** references, the page content is reloaded from the database. If the
3056 ** attempt to reload content from the database is required and fails,
3057 ** return an SQLite error code. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK.
3058 */
3059 static int pagerUndoCallback(void *pCtx, Pgno iPg){
3060   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
3061   Pager *pPager = (Pager *)pCtx;
3062   PgHdr *pPg;
3063 
3064   assert( pagerUseWal(pPager) );
3065   pPg = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, iPg);
3066   if( pPg ){
3067     if( sqlite3PcachePageRefcount(pPg)==1 ){
3068       sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPg);
3069     }else{
3070       rc = readDbPage(pPg);
3071       if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3072         pPager->xReiniter(pPg);
3073       }
3074       sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPg);
3075     }
3076   }
3077 
3078   /* Normally, if a transaction is rolled back, any backup processes are
3079   ** updated as data is copied out of the rollback journal and into the
3080   ** database. This is not generally possible with a WAL database, as
3081   ** rollback involves simply truncating the log file. Therefore, if one
3082   ** or more frames have already been written to the log (and therefore
3083   ** also copied into the backup databases) as part of this transaction,
3084   ** the backups must be restarted.
3085   */
3086   sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup);
3087 
3088   return rc;
3089 }
3090 
3091 /*
3092 ** This function is called to rollback a transaction on a WAL database.
3093 */
3094 static int pagerRollbackWal(Pager *pPager){
3095   int rc;                         /* Return Code */
3096   PgHdr *pList;                   /* List of dirty pages to revert */
3097 
3098   /* For all pages in the cache that are currently dirty or have already
3099   ** been written (but not committed) to the log file, do one of the
3100   ** following:
3101   **
3102   **   + Discard the cached page (if refcount==0), or
3103   **   + Reload page content from the database (if refcount>0).
3104   */
3105   pPager->dbSize = pPager->dbOrigSize;
3106   rc = sqlite3WalUndo(pPager->pWal, pagerUndoCallback, (void *)pPager);
3107   pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache);
3108   while( pList && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3109     PgHdr *pNext = pList->pDirty;
3110     rc = pagerUndoCallback((void *)pPager, pList->pgno);
3111     pList = pNext;
3112   }
3113 
3114   return rc;
3115 }
3116 
3117 /*
3118 ** This function is a wrapper around sqlite3WalFrames(). As well as logging
3119 ** the contents of the list of pages headed by pList (connected by pDirty),
3120 ** this function notifies any active backup processes that the pages have
3121 ** changed.
3122 **
3123 ** The list of pages passed into this routine is always sorted by page number.
3124 ** Hence, if page 1 appears anywhere on the list, it will be the first page.
3125 */
3126 static int pagerWalFrames(
3127   Pager *pPager,                  /* Pager object */
3128   PgHdr *pList,                   /* List of frames to log */
3129   Pgno nTruncate,                 /* Database size after this commit */
3130   int isCommit                    /* True if this is a commit */
3131 ){
3132   int rc;                         /* Return code */
3133   int nList;                      /* Number of pages in pList */
3134   PgHdr *p;                       /* For looping over pages */
3135 
3136   assert( pPager->pWal );
3137   assert( pList );
3138 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
3139   /* Verify that the page list is in accending order */
3140   for(p=pList; p && p->pDirty; p=p->pDirty){
3141     assert( p->pgno < p->pDirty->pgno );
3142   }
3143 #endif
3144 
3145   assert( pList->pDirty==0 || isCommit );
3146   if( isCommit ){
3147     /* If a WAL transaction is being committed, there is no point in writing
3148     ** any pages with page numbers greater than nTruncate into the WAL file.
3149     ** They will never be read by any client. So remove them from the pDirty
3150     ** list here. */
3151     PgHdr **ppNext = &pList;
3152     nList = 0;
3153     for(p=pList; (*ppNext = p)!=0; p=p->pDirty){
3154       if( p->pgno<=nTruncate ){
3155         ppNext = &p->pDirty;
3156         nList++;
3157       }
3158     }
3159     assert( pList );
3160   }else{
3161     nList = 1;
3162   }
3163   pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE] += nList;
3164 
3165   if( pList->pgno==1 ) pager_write_changecounter(pList);
3166   rc = sqlite3WalFrames(pPager->pWal,
3167       pPager->pageSize, pList, nTruncate, isCommit, pPager->walSyncFlags
3168   );
3169   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->pBackup ){
3170     for(p=pList; p; p=p->pDirty){
3171       sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, p->pgno, (u8 *)p->pData);
3172     }
3173   }
3174 
3175 #ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
3176   pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache);
3177   for(p=pList; p; p=p->pDirty){
3178     pager_set_pagehash(p);
3179   }
3180 #endif
3181 
3182   return rc;
3183 }
3184 
3185 /*
3186 ** Begin a read transaction on the WAL.
3187 **
3188 ** This routine used to be called "pagerOpenSnapshot()" because it essentially
3189 ** makes a snapshot of the database at the current point in time and preserves
3190 ** that snapshot for use by the reader in spite of concurrently changes by
3191 ** other writers or checkpointers.
3192 */
3193 static int pagerBeginReadTransaction(Pager *pPager){
3194   int rc;                         /* Return code */
3195   int changed = 0;                /* True if cache must be reset */
3196 
3197   assert( pagerUseWal(pPager) );
3198   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER );
3199 
3200   /* sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction() was not called for the previous
3201   ** transaction in locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE.  So call it now.  If we
3202   ** are in locking_mode=NORMAL and EndRead() was previously called,
3203   ** the duplicate call is harmless.
3204   */
3205   sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(pPager->pWal);
3206 
3207   rc = sqlite3WalBeginReadTransaction(pPager->pWal, &changed);
3208   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || changed ){
3209     pager_reset(pPager);
3210     if( USEFETCH(pPager) ) sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, 0, 0);
3211   }
3212 
3213   return rc;
3214 }
3215 #endif
3216 
3217 /*
3218 ** This function is called as part of the transition from PAGER_OPEN
3219 ** to PAGER_READER state to determine the size of the database file
3220 ** in pages (assuming the page size currently stored in Pager.pageSize).
3221 **
3222 ** If no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is returned and the size of the database
3223 ** in pages is stored in *pnPage. Otherwise, an error code (perhaps
3224 ** SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT) is returned and *pnPage is left unmodified.
3225 */
3226 static int pagerPagecount(Pager *pPager, Pgno *pnPage){
3227   Pgno nPage;                     /* Value to return via *pnPage */
3228 
3229   /* Query the WAL sub-system for the database size. The WalDbsize()
3230   ** function returns zero if the WAL is not open (i.e. Pager.pWal==0), or
3231   ** if the database size is not available. The database size is not
3232   ** available from the WAL sub-system if the log file is empty or
3233   ** contains no valid committed transactions.
3234   */
3235   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
3236   assert( pPager->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK );
3237   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) );
3238   assert( pPager->tempFile==0 );
3239   nPage = sqlite3WalDbsize(pPager->pWal);
3240 
3241   /* If the number of pages in the database is not available from the
3242   ** WAL sub-system, determine the page count based on the size of
3243   ** the database file.  If the size of the database file is not an
3244   ** integer multiple of the page-size, round up the result.
3245   */
3246   if( nPage==0 && ALWAYS(isOpen(pPager->fd)) ){
3247     i64 n = 0;                    /* Size of db file in bytes */
3248     int rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, &n);
3249     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
3250       return rc;
3251     }
3252     nPage = (Pgno)((n+pPager->pageSize-1) / pPager->pageSize);
3253   }
3254 
3255   /* If the current number of pages in the file is greater than the
3256   ** configured maximum pager number, increase the allowed limit so
3257   ** that the file can be read.
3258   */
3259   if( nPage>pPager->mxPgno ){
3260     pPager->mxPgno = (Pgno)nPage;
3261   }
3262 
3263   *pnPage = nPage;
3264   return SQLITE_OK;
3265 }
3266 
3267 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
3268 /*
3269 ** Check if the *-wal file that corresponds to the database opened by pPager
3270 ** exists if the database is not empy, or verify that the *-wal file does
3271 ** not exist (by deleting it) if the database file is empty.
3272 **
3273 ** If the database is not empty and the *-wal file exists, open the pager
3274 ** in WAL mode.  If the database is empty or if no *-wal file exists and
3275 ** if no error occurs, make sure Pager.journalMode is not set to
3276 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL.
3277 **
3278 ** Return SQLITE_OK or an error code.
3279 **
3280 ** The caller must hold a SHARED lock on the database file to call this
3281 ** function. Because an EXCLUSIVE lock on the db file is required to delete
3282 ** a WAL on a none-empty database, this ensures there is no race condition
3283 ** between the xAccess() below and an xDelete() being executed by some
3284 ** other connection.
3285 */
3286 static int pagerOpenWalIfPresent(Pager *pPager){
3287   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
3288   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
3289   assert( pPager->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK );
3290 
3291   if( !pPager->tempFile ){
3292     int isWal;                    /* True if WAL file exists */
3293     rc = sqlite3OsAccess(
3294         pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &isWal
3295     );
3296     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3297       if( isWal ){
3298         Pgno nPage;                   /* Size of the database file */
3299 
3300         rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage);
3301         if( rc ) return rc;
3302         if( nPage==0 ){
3303           rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, 0);
3304         }else{
3305           testcase( sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache)==0 );
3306           rc = sqlite3PagerOpenWal(pPager, 0);
3307         }
3308       }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ){
3309         pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE;
3310       }
3311     }
3312   }
3313   return rc;
3314 }
3315 #endif
3316 
3317 /*
3318 ** Playback savepoint pSavepoint. Or, if pSavepoint==NULL, then playback
3319 ** the entire super-journal file. The case pSavepoint==NULL occurs when
3320 ** a ROLLBACK TO command is invoked on a SAVEPOINT that is a transaction
3321 ** savepoint.
3322 **
3323 ** When pSavepoint is not NULL (meaning a non-transaction savepoint is
3324 ** being rolled back), then the rollback consists of up to three stages,
3325 ** performed in the order specified:
3326 **
3327 **   * Pages are played back from the main journal starting at byte
3328 **     offset PagerSavepoint.iOffset and continuing to
3329 **     PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset, or to the end of the main journal
3330 **     file if PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset is zero.
3331 **
3332 **   * If PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset is not zero, then pages are played
3333 **     back starting from the journal header immediately following
3334 **     PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset to the end of the main journal file.
3335 **
3336 **   * Pages are then played back from the sub-journal file, starting
3337 **     with the PagerSavepoint.iSubRec and continuing to the end of
3338 **     the journal file.
3339 **
3340 ** Throughout the rollback process, each time a page is rolled back, the
3341 ** corresponding bit is set in a bitvec structure (variable pDone in the
3342 ** implementation below). This is used to ensure that a page is only
3343 ** rolled back the first time it is encountered in either journal.
3344 **
3345 ** If pSavepoint is NULL, then pages are only played back from the main
3346 ** journal file. There is no need for a bitvec in this case.
3347 **
3348 ** In either case, before playback commences the Pager.dbSize variable
3349 ** is reset to the value that it held at the start of the savepoint
3350 ** (or transaction). No page with a page-number greater than this value
3351 ** is played back. If one is encountered it is simply skipped.
3352 */
3353 static int pagerPlaybackSavepoint(Pager *pPager, PagerSavepoint *pSavepoint){
3354   i64 szJ;                 /* Effective size of the main journal */
3355   i64 iHdrOff;             /* End of first segment of main-journal records */
3356   int rc = SQLITE_OK;      /* Return code */
3357   Bitvec *pDone = 0;       /* Bitvec to ensure pages played back only once */
3358 
3359   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
3360   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
3361 
3362   /* Allocate a bitvec to use to store the set of pages rolled back */
3363   if( pSavepoint ){
3364     pDone = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pSavepoint->nOrig);
3365     if( !pDone ){
3366       return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
3367     }
3368   }
3369 
3370   /* Set the database size back to the value it was before the savepoint
3371   ** being reverted was opened.
3372   */
3373   pPager->dbSize = pSavepoint ? pSavepoint->nOrig : pPager->dbOrigSize;
3374   pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile;
3375 
3376   if( !pSavepoint && pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
3377     return pagerRollbackWal(pPager);
3378   }
3379 
3380   /* Use pPager->journalOff as the effective size of the main rollback
3381   ** journal.  The actual file might be larger than this in
3382   ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE or PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST.  But anything
3383   ** past pPager->journalOff is off-limits to us.
3384   */
3385   szJ = pPager->journalOff;
3386   assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 || szJ==0 );
3387 
3388   /* Begin by rolling back records from the main journal starting at
3389   ** PagerSavepoint.iOffset and continuing to the next journal header.
3390   ** There might be records in the main journal that have a page number
3391   ** greater than the current database size (pPager->dbSize) but those
3392   ** will be skipped automatically.  Pages are added to pDone as they
3393   ** are played back.
3394   */
3395   if( pSavepoint && !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
3396     iHdrOff = pSavepoint->iHdrOffset ? pSavepoint->iHdrOffset : szJ;
3397     pPager->journalOff = pSavepoint->iOffset;
3398     while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->journalOff<iHdrOff ){
3399       rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &pPager->journalOff, pDone, 1, 1);
3400     }
3401     assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
3402   }else{
3403     pPager->journalOff = 0;
3404   }
3405 
3406   /* Continue rolling back records out of the main journal starting at
3407   ** the first journal header seen and continuing until the effective end
3408   ** of the main journal file.  Continue to skip out-of-range pages and
3409   ** continue adding pages rolled back to pDone.
3410   */
3411   while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->journalOff<szJ ){
3412     u32 ii;            /* Loop counter */
3413     u32 nJRec = 0;     /* Number of Journal Records */
3414     u32 dummy;
3415     rc = readJournalHdr(pPager, 0, szJ, &nJRec, &dummy);
3416     assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
3417 
3418     /*
3419     ** The "pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff"
3420     ** test is related to ticket #2565.  See the discussion in the
3421     ** pager_playback() function for additional information.
3422     */
3423     if( nJRec==0
3424      && pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff
3425     ){
3426       nJRec = (u32)((szJ - pPager->journalOff)/JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager));
3427     }
3428     for(ii=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<nJRec && pPager->journalOff<szJ; ii++){
3429       rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &pPager->journalOff, pDone, 1, 1);
3430     }
3431     assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
3432   }
3433   assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pPager->journalOff>=szJ );
3434 
3435   /* Finally,  rollback pages from the sub-journal.  Page that were
3436   ** previously rolled back out of the main journal (and are hence in pDone)
3437   ** will be skipped.  Out-of-range pages are also skipped.
3438   */
3439   if( pSavepoint ){
3440     u32 ii;            /* Loop counter */
3441     i64 offset = (i64)pSavepoint->iSubRec*(4+pPager->pageSize);
3442 
3443     if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
3444       rc = sqlite3WalSavepointUndo(pPager->pWal, pSavepoint->aWalData);
3445     }
3446     for(ii=pSavepoint->iSubRec; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<pPager->nSubRec; ii++){
3447       assert( offset==(i64)ii*(4+pPager->pageSize) );
3448       rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &offset, pDone, 0, 1);
3449     }
3450     assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
3451   }
3452 
3453   sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pDone);
3454   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3455     pPager->journalOff = szJ;
3456   }
3457 
3458   return rc;
3459 }
3460 
3461 /*
3462 ** Change the maximum number of in-memory pages that are allowed
3463 ** before attempting to recycle clean and unused pages.
3464 */
3465 void sqlite3PagerSetCachesize(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){
3466   sqlite3PcacheSetCachesize(pPager->pPCache, mxPage);
3467 }
3468 
3469 /*
3470 ** Change the maximum number of in-memory pages that are allowed
3471 ** before attempting to spill pages to journal.
3472 */
3473 int sqlite3PagerSetSpillsize(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){
3474   return sqlite3PcacheSetSpillsize(pPager->pPCache, mxPage);
3475 }
3476 
3477 /*
3478 ** Invoke SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE based on the current value of szMmap.
3479 */
3480 static void pagerFixMaplimit(Pager *pPager){
3481 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
3482   sqlite3_file *fd = pPager->fd;
3483   if( isOpen(fd) && fd->pMethods->iVersion>=3 ){
3484     sqlite3_int64 sz;
3485     sz = pPager->szMmap;
3486     pPager->bUseFetch = (sz>0);
3487     setGetterMethod(pPager);
3488     sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE, &sz);
3489   }
3490 #endif
3491 }
3492 
3493 /*
3494 ** Change the maximum size of any memory mapping made of the database file.
3495 */
3496 void sqlite3PagerSetMmapLimit(Pager *pPager, sqlite3_int64 szMmap){
3497   pPager->szMmap = szMmap;
3498   pagerFixMaplimit(pPager);
3499 }
3500 
3501 /*
3502 ** Free as much memory as possible from the pager.
3503 */
3504 void sqlite3PagerShrink(Pager *pPager){
3505   sqlite3PcacheShrink(pPager->pPCache);
3506 }
3507 
3508 /*
3509 ** Adjust settings of the pager to those specified in the pgFlags parameter.
3510 **
3511 ** The "level" in pgFlags & PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_MASK sets the robustness
3512 ** of the database to damage due to OS crashes or power failures by
3513 ** changing the number of syncs()s when writing the journals.
3514 ** There are four levels:
3515 **
3516 **    OFF       sqlite3OsSync() is never called.  This is the default
3517 **              for temporary and transient files.
3518 **
3519 **    NORMAL    The journal is synced once before writes begin on the
3520 **              database.  This is normally adequate protection, but
3521 **              it is theoretically possible, though very unlikely,
3522 **              that an inopertune power failure could leave the journal
3523 **              in a state which would cause damage to the database
3524 **              when it is rolled back.
3525 **
3526 **    FULL      The journal is synced twice before writes begin on the
3527 **              database (with some additional information - the nRec field
3528 **              of the journal header - being written in between the two
3529 **              syncs).  If we assume that writing a
3530 **              single disk sector is atomic, then this mode provides
3531 **              assurance that the journal will not be corrupted to the
3532 **              point of causing damage to the database during rollback.
3533 **
3534 **    EXTRA     This is like FULL except that is also syncs the directory
3535 **              that contains the rollback journal after the rollback
3536 **              journal is unlinked.
3537 **
3538 ** The above is for a rollback-journal mode.  For WAL mode, OFF continues
3539 ** to mean that no syncs ever occur.  NORMAL means that the WAL is synced
3540 ** prior to the start of checkpoint and that the database file is synced
3541 ** at the conclusion of the checkpoint if the entire content of the WAL
3542 ** was written back into the database.  But no sync operations occur for
3543 ** an ordinary commit in NORMAL mode with WAL.  FULL means that the WAL
3544 ** file is synced following each commit operation, in addition to the
3545 ** syncs associated with NORMAL.  There is no difference between FULL
3546 ** and EXTRA for WAL mode.
3547 **
3548 ** Do not confuse synchronous=FULL with SQLITE_SYNC_FULL.  The
3549 ** SQLITE_SYNC_FULL macro means to use the MacOSX-style full-fsync
3550 ** using fcntl(F_FULLFSYNC).  SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL means to do an
3551 ** ordinary fsync() call.  There is no difference between SQLITE_SYNC_FULL
3552 ** and SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL on platforms other than MacOSX.  But the
3553 ** synchronous=FULL versus synchronous=NORMAL setting determines when
3554 ** the xSync primitive is called and is relevant to all platforms.
3555 **
3556 ** Numeric values associated with these states are OFF==1, NORMAL=2,
3557 ** and FULL=3.
3558 */
3559 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS
3560 void sqlite3PagerSetFlags(
3561   Pager *pPager,        /* The pager to set safety level for */
3562   unsigned pgFlags      /* Various flags */
3563 ){
3564   unsigned level = pgFlags & PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_MASK;
3565   if( pPager->tempFile ){
3566     pPager->noSync = 1;
3567     pPager->fullSync = 0;
3568     pPager->extraSync = 0;
3569   }else{
3570     pPager->noSync =  level==PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_OFF ?1:0;
3571     pPager->fullSync = level>=PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_FULL ?1:0;
3572     pPager->extraSync = level==PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_EXTRA ?1:0;
3573   }
3574   if( pPager->noSync ){
3575     pPager->syncFlags = 0;
3576   }else if( pgFlags & PAGER_FULLFSYNC ){
3577     pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_FULL;
3578   }else{
3579     pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL;
3580   }
3581   pPager->walSyncFlags = (pPager->syncFlags<<2);
3582   if( pPager->fullSync ){
3583     pPager->walSyncFlags |= pPager->syncFlags;
3584   }
3585   if( (pgFlags & PAGER_CKPT_FULLFSYNC) && !pPager->noSync ){
3586     pPager->walSyncFlags |= (SQLITE_SYNC_FULL<<2);
3587   }
3588   if( pgFlags & PAGER_CACHESPILL ){
3589     pPager->doNotSpill &= ~SPILLFLAG_OFF;
3590   }else{
3591     pPager->doNotSpill |= SPILLFLAG_OFF;
3592   }
3593 }
3594 #endif
3595 
3596 /*
3597 ** The following global variable is incremented whenever the library
3598 ** attempts to open a temporary file.  This information is used for
3599 ** testing and analysis only.
3600 */
3601 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
3602 int sqlite3_opentemp_count = 0;
3603 #endif
3604 
3605 /*
3606 ** Open a temporary file.
3607 **
3608 ** Write the file descriptor into *pFile. Return SQLITE_OK on success
3609 ** or some other error code if we fail. The OS will automatically
3610 ** delete the temporary file when it is closed.
3611 **
3612 ** The flags passed to the VFS layer xOpen() call are those specified
3613 ** by parameter vfsFlags ORed with the following:
3614 **
3615 **     SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE
3616 **     SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE
3617 **     SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE
3618 **     SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE
3619 */
3620 static int pagerOpentemp(
3621   Pager *pPager,        /* The pager object */
3622   sqlite3_file *pFile,  /* Write the file descriptor here */
3623   int vfsFlags          /* Flags passed through to the VFS */
3624 ){
3625   int rc;               /* Return code */
3626 
3627 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
3628   sqlite3_opentemp_count++;  /* Used for testing and analysis only */
3629 #endif
3630 
3631   vfsFlags |=  SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE |
3632             SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE | SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE;
3633   rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pPager->pVfs, 0, pFile, vfsFlags, 0);
3634   assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pFile) );
3635   return rc;
3636 }
3637 
3638 /*
3639 ** Set the busy handler function.
3640 **
3641 ** The pager invokes the busy-handler if sqlite3OsLock() returns
3642 ** SQLITE_BUSY when trying to upgrade from no-lock to a SHARED lock,
3643 ** or when trying to upgrade from a RESERVED lock to an EXCLUSIVE
3644 ** lock. It does *not* invoke the busy handler when upgrading from
3645 ** SHARED to RESERVED, or when upgrading from SHARED to EXCLUSIVE
3646 ** (which occurs during hot-journal rollback). Summary:
3647 **
3648 **   Transition                        | Invokes xBusyHandler
3649 **   --------------------------------------------------------
3650 **   NO_LOCK       -> SHARED_LOCK      | Yes
3651 **   SHARED_LOCK   -> RESERVED_LOCK    | No
3652 **   SHARED_LOCK   -> EXCLUSIVE_LOCK   | No
3653 **   RESERVED_LOCK -> EXCLUSIVE_LOCK   | Yes
3654 **
3655 ** If the busy-handler callback returns non-zero, the lock is
3656 ** retried. If it returns zero, then the SQLITE_BUSY error is
3657 ** returned to the caller of the pager API function.
3658 */
3659 void sqlite3PagerSetBusyHandler(
3660   Pager *pPager,                       /* Pager object */
3661   int (*xBusyHandler)(void *),         /* Pointer to busy-handler function */
3662   void *pBusyHandlerArg                /* Argument to pass to xBusyHandler */
3663 ){
3664   void **ap;
3665   pPager->xBusyHandler = xBusyHandler;
3666   pPager->pBusyHandlerArg = pBusyHandlerArg;
3667   ap = (void **)&pPager->xBusyHandler;
3668   assert( ((int(*)(void *))(ap[0]))==xBusyHandler );
3669   assert( ap[1]==pBusyHandlerArg );
3670   sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_BUSYHANDLER, (void *)ap);
3671 }
3672 
3673 /*
3674 ** Change the page size used by the Pager object. The new page size
3675 ** is passed in *pPageSize.
3676 **
3677 ** If the pager is in the error state when this function is called, it
3678 ** is a no-op. The value returned is the error state error code (i.e.
3679 ** one of SQLITE_IOERR, an SQLITE_IOERR_xxx sub-code or SQLITE_FULL).
3680 **
3681 ** Otherwise, if all of the following are true:
3682 **
3683 **   * the new page size (value of *pPageSize) is valid (a power
3684 **     of two between 512 and SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE, inclusive), and
3685 **
3686 **   * there are no outstanding page references, and
3687 **
3688 **   * the database is either not an in-memory database or it is
3689 **     an in-memory database that currently consists of zero pages.
3690 **
3691 ** then the pager object page size is set to *pPageSize.
3692 **
3693 ** If the page size is changed, then this function uses sqlite3PagerMalloc()
3694 ** to obtain a new Pager.pTmpSpace buffer. If this allocation attempt
3695 ** fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned and the page size remains unchanged.
3696 ** In all other cases, SQLITE_OK is returned.
3697 **
3698 ** If the page size is not changed, either because one of the enumerated
3699 ** conditions above is not true, the pager was in error state when this
3700 ** function was called, or because the memory allocation attempt failed,
3701 ** then *pPageSize is set to the old, retained page size before returning.
3702 */
3703 int sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(Pager *pPager, u32 *pPageSize, int nReserve){
3704   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
3705 
3706   /* It is not possible to do a full assert_pager_state() here, as this
3707   ** function may be called from within PagerOpen(), before the state
3708   ** of the Pager object is internally consistent.
3709   **
3710   ** At one point this function returned an error if the pager was in
3711   ** PAGER_ERROR state. But since PAGER_ERROR state guarantees that
3712   ** there is at least one outstanding page reference, this function
3713   ** is a no-op for that case anyhow.
3714   */
3715 
3716   u32 pageSize = *pPageSize;
3717   assert( pageSize==0 || (pageSize>=512 && pageSize<=SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE) );
3718   if( (pPager->memDb==0 || pPager->dbSize==0)
3719    && sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0
3720    && pageSize && pageSize!=(u32)pPager->pageSize
3721   ){
3722     char *pNew = NULL;             /* New temp space */
3723     i64 nByte = 0;
3724 
3725     if( pPager->eState>PAGER_OPEN && isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
3726       rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, &nByte);
3727     }
3728     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3729       /* 8 bytes of zeroed overrun space is sufficient so that the b-tree
3730       * cell header parser will never run off the end of the allocation */
3731       pNew = (char *)sqlite3PageMalloc(pageSize+8);
3732       if( !pNew ){
3733         rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
3734       }else{
3735         memset(pNew+pageSize, 0, 8);
3736       }
3737     }
3738 
3739     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3740       pager_reset(pPager);
3741       rc = sqlite3PcacheSetPageSize(pPager->pPCache, pageSize);
3742     }
3743     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3744       sqlite3PageFree(pPager->pTmpSpace);
3745       pPager->pTmpSpace = pNew;
3746       pPager->dbSize = (Pgno)((nByte+pageSize-1)/pageSize);
3747       pPager->pageSize = pageSize;
3748       pPager->lckPgno = (Pgno)(PENDING_BYTE/pageSize) + 1;
3749     }else{
3750       sqlite3PageFree(pNew);
3751     }
3752   }
3753 
3754   *pPageSize = pPager->pageSize;
3755   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3756     if( nReserve<0 ) nReserve = pPager->nReserve;
3757     assert( nReserve>=0 && nReserve<1000 );
3758     pPager->nReserve = (i16)nReserve;
3759     pagerFixMaplimit(pPager);
3760   }
3761   return rc;
3762 }
3763 
3764 /*
3765 ** Return a pointer to the "temporary page" buffer held internally
3766 ** by the pager.  This is a buffer that is big enough to hold the
3767 ** entire content of a database page.  This buffer is used internally
3768 ** during rollback and will be overwritten whenever a rollback
3769 ** occurs.  But other modules are free to use it too, as long as
3770 ** no rollbacks are happening.
3771 */
3772 void *sqlite3PagerTempSpace(Pager *pPager){
3773   return pPager->pTmpSpace;
3774 }
3775 
3776 /*
3777 ** Attempt to set the maximum database page count if mxPage is positive.
3778 ** Make no changes if mxPage is zero or negative.  And never reduce the
3779 ** maximum page count below the current size of the database.
3780 **
3781 ** Regardless of mxPage, return the current maximum page count.
3782 */
3783 Pgno sqlite3PagerMaxPageCount(Pager *pPager, Pgno mxPage){
3784   if( mxPage>0 ){
3785     pPager->mxPgno = mxPage;
3786   }
3787   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN );      /* Called only by OP_MaxPgcnt */
3788   /* assert( pPager->mxPgno>=pPager->dbSize ); */
3789   /* OP_MaxPgcnt ensures that the parameter passed to this function is not
3790   ** less than the total number of valid pages in the database. But this
3791   ** may be less than Pager.dbSize, and so the assert() above is not valid */
3792   return pPager->mxPgno;
3793 }
3794 
3795 /*
3796 ** The following set of routines are used to disable the simulated
3797 ** I/O error mechanism.  These routines are used to avoid simulated
3798 ** errors in places where we do not care about errors.
3799 **
3800 ** Unless -DSQLITE_TEST=1 is used, these routines are all no-ops
3801 ** and generate no code.
3802 */
3803 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
3804 extern int sqlite3_io_error_pending;
3805 extern int sqlite3_io_error_hit;
3806 static int saved_cnt;
3807 void disable_simulated_io_errors(void){
3808   saved_cnt = sqlite3_io_error_pending;
3809   sqlite3_io_error_pending = -1;
3810 }
3811 void enable_simulated_io_errors(void){
3812   sqlite3_io_error_pending = saved_cnt;
3813 }
3814 #else
3815 # define disable_simulated_io_errors()
3816 # define enable_simulated_io_errors()
3817 #endif
3818 
3819 /*
3820 ** Read the first N bytes from the beginning of the file into memory
3821 ** that pDest points to.
3822 **
3823 ** If the pager was opened on a transient file (zFilename==""), or
3824 ** opened on a file less than N bytes in size, the output buffer is
3825 ** zeroed and SQLITE_OK returned. The rationale for this is that this
3826 ** function is used to read database headers, and a new transient or
3827 ** zero sized database has a header than consists entirely of zeroes.
3828 **
3829 ** If any IO error apart from SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ is encountered,
3830 ** the error code is returned to the caller and the contents of the
3831 ** output buffer undefined.
3832 */
3833 int sqlite3PagerReadFileheader(Pager *pPager, int N, unsigned char *pDest){
3834   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
3835   memset(pDest, 0, N);
3836   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile );
3837 
3838   /* This routine is only called by btree immediately after creating
3839   ** the Pager object.  There has not been an opportunity to transition
3840   ** to WAL mode yet.
3841   */
3842   assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
3843 
3844   if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
3845     IOTRACE(("DBHDR %p 0 %d\n", pPager, N))
3846     rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, pDest, N, 0);
3847     if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
3848       rc = SQLITE_OK;
3849     }
3850   }
3851   return rc;
3852 }
3853 
3854 /*
3855 ** This function may only be called when a read-transaction is open on
3856 ** the pager. It returns the total number of pages in the database.
3857 **
3858 ** However, if the file is between 1 and <page-size> bytes in size, then
3859 ** this is considered a 1 page file.
3860 */
3861 void sqlite3PagerPagecount(Pager *pPager, int *pnPage){
3862   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER );
3863   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED );
3864   *pnPage = (int)pPager->dbSize;
3865 }
3866 
3867 
3868 /*
3869 ** Try to obtain a lock of type locktype on the database file. If
3870 ** a similar or greater lock is already held, this function is a no-op
3871 ** (returning SQLITE_OK immediately).
3872 **
3873 ** Otherwise, attempt to obtain the lock using sqlite3OsLock(). Invoke
3874 ** the busy callback if the lock is currently not available. Repeat
3875 ** until the busy callback returns false or until the attempt to
3876 ** obtain the lock succeeds.
3877 **
3878 ** Return SQLITE_OK on success and an error code if we cannot obtain
3879 ** the lock. If the lock is obtained successfully, set the Pager.state
3880 ** variable to locktype before returning.
3881 */
3882 static int pager_wait_on_lock(Pager *pPager, int locktype){
3883   int rc;                              /* Return code */
3884 
3885   /* Check that this is either a no-op (because the requested lock is
3886   ** already held), or one of the transitions that the busy-handler
3887   ** may be invoked during, according to the comment above
3888   ** sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler().
3889   */
3890   assert( (pPager->eLock>=locktype)
3891        || (pPager->eLock==NO_LOCK && locktype==SHARED_LOCK)
3892        || (pPager->eLock==RESERVED_LOCK && locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK)
3893   );
3894 
3895   do {
3896     rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, locktype);
3897   }while( rc==SQLITE_BUSY && pPager->xBusyHandler(pPager->pBusyHandlerArg) );
3898   return rc;
3899 }
3900 
3901 /*
3902 ** Function assertTruncateConstraint(pPager) checks that one of the
3903 ** following is true for all dirty pages currently in the page-cache:
3904 **
3905 **   a) The page number is less than or equal to the size of the
3906 **      current database image, in pages, OR
3907 **
3908 **   b) if the page content were written at this time, it would not
3909 **      be necessary to write the current content out to the sub-journal.
3910 **
3911 ** If the condition asserted by this function were not true, and the
3912 ** dirty page were to be discarded from the cache via the pagerStress()
3913 ** routine, pagerStress() would not write the current page content to
3914 ** the database file. If a savepoint transaction were rolled back after
3915 ** this happened, the correct behavior would be to restore the current
3916 ** content of the page. However, since this content is not present in either
3917 ** the database file or the portion of the rollback journal and
3918 ** sub-journal rolled back the content could not be restored and the
3919 ** database image would become corrupt. It is therefore fortunate that
3920 ** this circumstance cannot arise.
3921 */
3922 #if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
3923 static void assertTruncateConstraintCb(PgHdr *pPg){
3924   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
3925   assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY );
3926   if( pPg->pgno>pPager->dbSize ){      /* if (a) is false */
3927     Pgno pgno = pPg->pgno;
3928     int i;
3929     for(i=0; i<pPg->pPager->nSavepoint; i++){
3930       PagerSavepoint *p = &pPager->aSavepoint[i];
3931       assert( p->nOrig<pgno || sqlite3BitvecTestNotNull(p->pInSavepoint,pgno) );
3932     }
3933   }
3934 }
3935 static void assertTruncateConstraint(Pager *pPager){
3936   sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(pPager->pPCache, assertTruncateConstraintCb);
3937 }
3938 #else
3939 # define assertTruncateConstraint(pPager)
3940 #endif
3941 
3942 /*
3943 ** Truncate the in-memory database file image to nPage pages. This
3944 ** function does not actually modify the database file on disk. It
3945 ** just sets the internal state of the pager object so that the
3946 ** truncation will be done when the current transaction is committed.
3947 **
3948 ** This function is only called right before committing a transaction.
3949 ** Once this function has been called, the transaction must either be
3950 ** rolled back or committed. It is not safe to call this function and
3951 ** then continue writing to the database.
3952 */
3953 void sqlite3PagerTruncateImage(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage){
3954   assert( pPager->dbSize>=nPage || CORRUPT_DB );
3955   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD );
3956   pPager->dbSize = nPage;
3957 
3958   /* At one point the code here called assertTruncateConstraint() to
3959   ** ensure that all pages being truncated away by this operation are,
3960   ** if one or more savepoints are open, present in the savepoint
3961   ** journal so that they can be restored if the savepoint is rolled
3962   ** back. This is no longer necessary as this function is now only
3963   ** called right before committing a transaction. So although the
3964   ** Pager object may still have open savepoints (Pager.nSavepoint!=0),
3965   ** they cannot be rolled back. So the assertTruncateConstraint() call
3966   ** is no longer correct. */
3967 }
3968 
3969 
3970 /*
3971 ** This function is called before attempting a hot-journal rollback. It
3972 ** syncs the journal file to disk, then sets pPager->journalHdr to the
3973 ** size of the journal file so that the pager_playback() routine knows
3974 ** that the entire journal file has been synced.
3975 **
3976 ** Syncing a hot-journal to disk before attempting to roll it back ensures
3977 ** that if a power-failure occurs during the rollback, the process that
3978 ** attempts rollback following system recovery sees the same journal
3979 ** content as this process.
3980 **
3981 ** If everything goes as planned, SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise,
3982 ** an SQLite error code.
3983 */
3984 static int pagerSyncHotJournal(Pager *pPager){
3985   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
3986   if( !pPager->noSync ){
3987     rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL);
3988   }
3989   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3990     rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &pPager->journalHdr);
3991   }
3992   return rc;
3993 }
3994 
3995 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
3996 /*
3997 ** Obtain a reference to a memory mapped page object for page number pgno.
3998 ** The new object will use the pointer pData, obtained from xFetch().
3999 ** If successful, set *ppPage to point to the new page reference
4000 ** and return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, return an SQLite error code and set
4001 ** *ppPage to zero.
4002 **
4003 ** Page references obtained by calling this function should be released
4004 ** by calling pagerReleaseMapPage().
4005 */
4006 static int pagerAcquireMapPage(
4007   Pager *pPager,                  /* Pager object */
4008   Pgno pgno,                      /* Page number */
4009   void *pData,                    /* xFetch()'d data for this page */
4010   PgHdr **ppPage                  /* OUT: Acquired page object */
4011 ){
4012   PgHdr *p;                       /* Memory mapped page to return */
4013 
4014   if( pPager->pMmapFreelist ){
4015     *ppPage = p = pPager->pMmapFreelist;
4016     pPager->pMmapFreelist = p->pDirty;
4017     p->pDirty = 0;
4018     assert( pPager->nExtra>=8 );
4019     memset(p->pExtra, 0, 8);
4020   }else{
4021     *ppPage = p = (PgHdr *)sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(PgHdr) + pPager->nExtra);
4022     if( p==0 ){
4023       sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, (i64)(pgno-1) * pPager->pageSize, pData);
4024       return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
4025     }
4026     p->pExtra = (void *)&p[1];
4027     p->flags = PGHDR_MMAP;
4028     p->nRef = 1;
4029     p->pPager = pPager;
4030   }
4031 
4032   assert( p->pExtra==(void *)&p[1] );
4033   assert( p->pPage==0 );
4034   assert( p->flags==PGHDR_MMAP );
4035   assert( p->pPager==pPager );
4036   assert( p->nRef==1 );
4037 
4038   p->pgno = pgno;
4039   p->pData = pData;
4040   pPager->nMmapOut++;
4041 
4042   return SQLITE_OK;
4043 }
4044 #endif
4045 
4046 /*
4047 ** Release a reference to page pPg. pPg must have been returned by an
4048 ** earlier call to pagerAcquireMapPage().
4049 */
4050 static void pagerReleaseMapPage(PgHdr *pPg){
4051   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
4052   pPager->nMmapOut--;
4053   pPg->pDirty = pPager->pMmapFreelist;
4054   pPager->pMmapFreelist = pPg;
4055 
4056   assert( pPager->fd->pMethods->iVersion>=3 );
4057   sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, (i64)(pPg->pgno-1)*pPager->pageSize, pPg->pData);
4058 }
4059 
4060 /*
4061 ** Free all PgHdr objects stored in the Pager.pMmapFreelist list.
4062 */
4063 static void pagerFreeMapHdrs(Pager *pPager){
4064   PgHdr *p;
4065   PgHdr *pNext;
4066   for(p=pPager->pMmapFreelist; p; p=pNext){
4067     pNext = p->pDirty;
4068     sqlite3_free(p);
4069   }
4070 }
4071 
4072 /* Verify that the database file has not be deleted or renamed out from
4073 ** under the pager.  Return SQLITE_OK if the database is still where it ought
4074 ** to be on disk.  Return non-zero (SQLITE_READONLY_DBMOVED or some other error
4075 ** code from sqlite3OsAccess()) if the database has gone missing.
4076 */
4077 static int databaseIsUnmoved(Pager *pPager){
4078   int bHasMoved = 0;
4079   int rc;
4080 
4081   if( pPager->tempFile ) return SQLITE_OK;
4082   if( pPager->dbSize==0 ) return SQLITE_OK;
4083   assert( pPager->zFilename && pPager->zFilename[0] );
4084   rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_HAS_MOVED, &bHasMoved);
4085   if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ){
4086     /* If the HAS_MOVED file-control is unimplemented, assume that the file
4087     ** has not been moved.  That is the historical behavior of SQLite: prior to
4088     ** version 3.8.3, it never checked */
4089     rc = SQLITE_OK;
4090   }else if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bHasMoved ){
4091     rc = SQLITE_READONLY_DBMOVED;
4092   }
4093   return rc;
4094 }
4095 
4096 
4097 /*
4098 ** Shutdown the page cache.  Free all memory and close all files.
4099 **
4100 ** If a transaction was in progress when this routine is called, that
4101 ** transaction is rolled back.  All outstanding pages are invalidated
4102 ** and their memory is freed.  Any attempt to use a page associated
4103 ** with this page cache after this function returns will likely
4104 ** result in a coredump.
4105 **
4106 ** This function always succeeds. If a transaction is active an attempt
4107 ** is made to roll it back. If an error occurs during the rollback
4108 ** a hot journal may be left in the filesystem but no error is returned
4109 ** to the caller.
4110 */
4111 int sqlite3PagerClose(Pager *pPager, sqlite3 *db){
4112   u8 *pTmp = (u8*)pPager->pTmpSpace;
4113   assert( db || pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 );
4114   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
4115   disable_simulated_io_errors();
4116   sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
4117   pagerFreeMapHdrs(pPager);
4118   /* pPager->errCode = 0; */
4119   pPager->exclusiveMode = 0;
4120 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
4121   {
4122     u8 *a = 0;
4123     assert( db || pPager->pWal==0 );
4124     if( db && 0==(db->flags & SQLITE_NoCkptOnClose)
4125      && SQLITE_OK==databaseIsUnmoved(pPager)
4126     ){
4127       a = pTmp;
4128     }
4129     sqlite3WalClose(pPager->pWal, db, pPager->walSyncFlags, pPager->pageSize,a);
4130     pPager->pWal = 0;
4131   }
4132 #endif
4133   pager_reset(pPager);
4134   if( MEMDB ){
4135     pager_unlock(pPager);
4136   }else{
4137     /* If it is open, sync the journal file before calling UnlockAndRollback.
4138     ** If this is not done, then an unsynced portion of the open journal
4139     ** file may be played back into the database. If a power failure occurs
4140     ** while this is happening, the database could become corrupt.
4141     **
4142     ** If an error occurs while trying to sync the journal, shift the pager
4143     ** into the ERROR state. This causes UnlockAndRollback to unlock the
4144     ** database and close the journal file without attempting to roll it
4145     ** back or finalize it. The next database user will have to do hot-journal
4146     ** rollback before accessing the database file.
4147     */
4148     if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
4149       pager_error(pPager, pagerSyncHotJournal(pPager));
4150     }
4151     pagerUnlockAndRollback(pPager);
4152   }
4153   sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
4154   enable_simulated_io_errors();
4155   PAGERTRACE(("CLOSE %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
4156   IOTRACE(("CLOSE %p\n", pPager))
4157   sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
4158   sqlite3OsClose(pPager->fd);
4159   sqlite3PageFree(pTmp);
4160   sqlite3PcacheClose(pPager->pPCache);
4161   assert( !pPager->aSavepoint && !pPager->pInJournal );
4162   assert( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) && !isOpen(pPager->sjfd) );
4163 
4164   sqlite3_free(pPager);
4165   return SQLITE_OK;
4166 }
4167 
4168 #if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST)
4169 /*
4170 ** Return the page number for page pPg.
4171 */
4172 Pgno sqlite3PagerPagenumber(DbPage *pPg){
4173   return pPg->pgno;
4174 }
4175 #endif
4176 
4177 /*
4178 ** Increment the reference count for page pPg.
4179 */
4180 void sqlite3PagerRef(DbPage *pPg){
4181   sqlite3PcacheRef(pPg);
4182 }
4183 
4184 /*
4185 ** Sync the journal. In other words, make sure all the pages that have
4186 ** been written to the journal have actually reached the surface of the
4187 ** disk and can be restored in the event of a hot-journal rollback.
4188 **
4189 ** If the Pager.noSync flag is set, then this function is a no-op.
4190 ** Otherwise, the actions required depend on the journal-mode and the
4191 ** device characteristics of the file-system, as follows:
4192 **
4193 **   * If the journal file is an in-memory journal file, no action need
4194 **     be taken.
4195 **
4196 **   * Otherwise, if the device does not support the SAFE_APPEND property,
4197 **     then the nRec field of the most recently written journal header
4198 **     is updated to contain the number of journal records that have
4199 **     been written following it. If the pager is operating in full-sync
4200 **     mode, then the journal file is synced before this field is updated.
4201 **
4202 **   * If the device does not support the SEQUENTIAL property, then
4203 **     journal file is synced.
4204 **
4205 ** Or, in pseudo-code:
4206 **
4207 **   if( NOT <in-memory journal> ){
4208 **     if( NOT SAFE_APPEND ){
4209 **       if( <full-sync mode> ) xSync(<journal file>);
4210 **       <update nRec field>
4211 **     }
4212 **     if( NOT SEQUENTIAL ) xSync(<journal file>);
4213 **   }
4214 **
4215 ** If successful, this routine clears the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag of every
4216 ** page currently held in memory before returning SQLITE_OK. If an IO
4217 ** error is encountered, then the IO error code is returned to the caller.
4218 */
4219 static int syncJournal(Pager *pPager, int newHdr){
4220   int rc;                         /* Return code */
4221 
4222   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
4223        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
4224   );
4225   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
4226   assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
4227 
4228   rc = sqlite3PagerExclusiveLock(pPager);
4229   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
4230 
4231   if( !pPager->noSync ){
4232     assert( !pPager->tempFile );
4233     if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ){
4234       const int iDc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd);
4235       assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
4236 
4237       if( 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) ){
4238         /* This block deals with an obscure problem. If the last connection
4239         ** that wrote to this database was operating in persistent-journal
4240         ** mode, then the journal file may at this point actually be larger
4241         ** than Pager.journalOff bytes. If the next thing in the journal
4242         ** file happens to be a journal-header (written as part of the
4243         ** previous connection's transaction), and a crash or power-failure
4244         ** occurs after nRec is updated but before this connection writes
4245         ** anything else to the journal file (or commits/rolls back its
4246         ** transaction), then SQLite may become confused when doing the
4247         ** hot-journal rollback following recovery. It may roll back all
4248         ** of this connections data, then proceed to rolling back the old,
4249         ** out-of-date data that follows it. Database corruption.
4250         **
4251         ** To work around this, if the journal file does appear to contain
4252         ** a valid header following Pager.journalOff, then write a 0x00
4253         ** byte to the start of it to prevent it from being recognized.
4254         **
4255         ** Variable iNextHdrOffset is set to the offset at which this
4256         ** problematic header will occur, if it exists. aMagic is used
4257         ** as a temporary buffer to inspect the first couple of bytes of
4258         ** the potential journal header.
4259         */
4260         i64 iNextHdrOffset;
4261         u8 aMagic[8];
4262         u8 zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4];
4263 
4264         memcpy(zHeader, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aJournalMagic));
4265         put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)], pPager->nRec);
4266 
4267         iNextHdrOffset = journalHdrOffset(pPager);
4268         rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, aMagic, 8, iNextHdrOffset);
4269         if( rc==SQLITE_OK && 0==memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, 8) ){
4270           static const u8 zerobyte = 0;
4271           rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, &zerobyte, 1, iNextHdrOffset);
4272         }
4273         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
4274           return rc;
4275         }
4276 
4277         /* Write the nRec value into the journal file header. If in
4278         ** full-synchronous mode, sync the journal first. This ensures that
4279         ** all data has really hit the disk before nRec is updated to mark
4280         ** it as a candidate for rollback.
4281         **
4282         ** This is not required if the persistent media supports the
4283         ** SAFE_APPEND property. Because in this case it is not possible
4284         ** for garbage data to be appended to the file, the nRec field
4285         ** is populated with 0xFFFFFFFF when the journal header is written
4286         ** and never needs to be updated.
4287         */
4288         if( pPager->fullSync && 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL) ){
4289           PAGERTRACE(("SYNC journal of %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
4290           IOTRACE(("JSYNC %p\n", pPager))
4291           rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->syncFlags);
4292           if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
4293         }
4294         IOTRACE(("JHDR %p %lld\n", pPager, pPager->journalHdr));
4295         rc = sqlite3OsWrite(
4296             pPager->jfd, zHeader, sizeof(zHeader), pPager->journalHdr
4297         );
4298         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
4299       }
4300       if( 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL) ){
4301         PAGERTRACE(("SYNC journal of %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
4302         IOTRACE(("JSYNC %p\n", pPager))
4303         rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->syncFlags|
4304           (pPager->syncFlags==SQLITE_SYNC_FULL?SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY:0)
4305         );
4306         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
4307       }
4308 
4309       pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff;
4310       if( newHdr && 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) ){
4311         pPager->nRec = 0;
4312         rc = writeJournalHdr(pPager);
4313         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
4314       }
4315     }else{
4316       pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff;
4317     }
4318   }
4319 
4320   /* Unless the pager is in noSync mode, the journal file was just
4321   ** successfully synced. Either way, clear the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag on
4322   ** all pages.
4323   */
4324   sqlite3PcacheClearSyncFlags(pPager->pPCache);
4325   pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD;
4326   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
4327   return SQLITE_OK;
4328 }
4329 
4330 /*
4331 ** The argument is the first in a linked list of dirty pages connected
4332 ** by the PgHdr.pDirty pointer. This function writes each one of the
4333 ** in-memory pages in the list to the database file. The argument may
4334 ** be NULL, representing an empty list. In this case this function is
4335 ** a no-op.
4336 **
4337 ** The pager must hold at least a RESERVED lock when this function
4338 ** is called. Before writing anything to the database file, this lock
4339 ** is upgraded to an EXCLUSIVE lock. If the lock cannot be obtained,
4340 ** SQLITE_BUSY is returned and no data is written to the database file.
4341 **
4342 ** If the pager is a temp-file pager and the actual file-system file
4343 ** is not yet open, it is created and opened before any data is
4344 ** written out.
4345 **
4346 ** Once the lock has been upgraded and, if necessary, the file opened,
4347 ** the pages are written out to the database file in list order. Writing
4348 ** a page is skipped if it meets either of the following criteria:
4349 **
4350 **   * The page number is greater than Pager.dbSize, or
4351 **   * The PGHDR_DONT_WRITE flag is set on the page.
4352 **
4353 ** If writing out a page causes the database file to grow, Pager.dbFileSize
4354 ** is updated accordingly. If page 1 is written out, then the value cached
4355 ** in Pager.dbFileVers[] is updated to match the new value stored in
4356 ** the database file.
4357 **
4358 ** If everything is successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error
4359 ** occurs, an IO error code is returned. Or, if the EXCLUSIVE lock cannot
4360 ** be obtained, SQLITE_BUSY is returned.
4361 */
4362 static int pager_write_pagelist(Pager *pPager, PgHdr *pList){
4363   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                  /* Return code */
4364 
4365   /* This function is only called for rollback pagers in WRITER_DBMOD state. */
4366   assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
4367   assert( pPager->tempFile || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD );
4368   assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
4369   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pList->pDirty==0 );
4370 
4371   /* If the file is a temp-file has not yet been opened, open it now. It
4372   ** is not possible for rc to be other than SQLITE_OK if this branch
4373   ** is taken, as pager_wait_on_lock() is a no-op for temp-files.
4374   */
4375   if( !isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
4376     assert( pPager->tempFile && rc==SQLITE_OK );
4377     rc = pagerOpentemp(pPager, pPager->fd, pPager->vfsFlags);
4378   }
4379 
4380   /* Before the first write, give the VFS a hint of what the final
4381   ** file size will be.
4382   */
4383   assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->fd) );
4384   if( rc==SQLITE_OK
4385    && pPager->dbHintSize<pPager->dbSize
4386    && (pList->pDirty || pList->pgno>pPager->dbHintSize)
4387   ){
4388     sqlite3_int64 szFile = pPager->pageSize * (sqlite3_int64)pPager->dbSize;
4389     sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT, &szFile);
4390     pPager->dbHintSize = pPager->dbSize;
4391   }
4392 
4393   while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pList ){
4394     Pgno pgno = pList->pgno;
4395 
4396     /* If there are dirty pages in the page cache with page numbers greater
4397     ** than Pager.dbSize, this means sqlite3PagerTruncateImage() was called to
4398     ** make the file smaller (presumably by auto-vacuum code). Do not write
4399     ** any such pages to the file.
4400     **
4401     ** Also, do not write out any page that has the PGHDR_DONT_WRITE flag
4402     ** set (set by sqlite3PagerDontWrite()).
4403     */
4404     if( pgno<=pPager->dbSize && 0==(pList->flags&PGHDR_DONT_WRITE) ){
4405       i64 offset = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize;   /* Offset to write */
4406       char *pData;                                   /* Data to write */
4407 
4408       assert( (pList->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)==0 );
4409       if( pList->pgno==1 ) pager_write_changecounter(pList);
4410 
4411       pData = pList->pData;
4412 
4413       /* Write out the page data. */
4414       rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, pData, pPager->pageSize, offset);
4415 
4416       /* If page 1 was just written, update Pager.dbFileVers to match
4417       ** the value now stored in the database file. If writing this
4418       ** page caused the database file to grow, update dbFileSize.
4419       */
4420       if( pgno==1 ){
4421         memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, &pData[24], sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
4422       }
4423       if( pgno>pPager->dbFileSize ){
4424         pPager->dbFileSize = pgno;
4425       }
4426       pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE]++;
4427 
4428       /* Update any backup objects copying the contents of this pager. */
4429       sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, pgno, (u8*)pList->pData);
4430 
4431       PAGERTRACE(("STORE %d page %d hash(%08x)\n",
4432                    PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_pagehash(pList)));
4433       IOTRACE(("PGOUT %p %d\n", pPager, pgno));
4434       PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_writedb_count);
4435     }else{
4436       PAGERTRACE(("NOSTORE %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pgno));
4437     }
4438     pager_set_pagehash(pList);
4439     pList = pList->pDirty;
4440   }
4441 
4442   return rc;
4443 }
4444 
4445 /*
4446 ** Ensure that the sub-journal file is open. If it is already open, this
4447 ** function is a no-op.
4448 **
4449 ** SQLITE_OK is returned if everything goes according to plan. An
4450 ** SQLITE_IOERR_XXX error code is returned if a call to sqlite3OsOpen()
4451 ** fails.
4452 */
4453 static int openSubJournal(Pager *pPager){
4454   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
4455   if( !isOpen(pPager->sjfd) ){
4456     const int flags =  SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL | SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE
4457       | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE | SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE
4458       | SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE;
4459     int nStmtSpill = sqlite3Config.nStmtSpill;
4460     if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY || pPager->subjInMemory ){
4461       nStmtSpill = -1;
4462     }
4463     rc = sqlite3JournalOpen(pPager->pVfs, 0, pPager->sjfd, flags, nStmtSpill);
4464   }
4465   return rc;
4466 }
4467 
4468 /*
4469 ** Append a record of the current state of page pPg to the sub-journal.
4470 **
4471 ** If successful, set the bit corresponding to pPg->pgno in the bitvecs
4472 ** for all open savepoints before returning.
4473 **
4474 ** This function returns SQLITE_OK if everything is successful, an IO
4475 ** error code if the attempt to write to the sub-journal fails, or
4476 ** SQLITE_NOMEM if a malloc fails while setting a bit in a savepoint
4477 ** bitvec.
4478 */
4479 static int subjournalPage(PgHdr *pPg){
4480   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
4481   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
4482   if( pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){
4483 
4484     /* Open the sub-journal, if it has not already been opened */
4485     assert( pPager->useJournal );
4486     assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pagerUseWal(pPager) );
4487     assert( isOpen(pPager->sjfd) || pPager->nSubRec==0 );
4488     assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)
4489          || pageInJournal(pPager, pPg)
4490          || pPg->pgno>pPager->dbOrigSize
4491     );
4492     rc = openSubJournal(pPager);
4493 
4494     /* If the sub-journal was opened successfully (or was already open),
4495     ** write the journal record into the file.  */
4496     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4497       void *pData = pPg->pData;
4498       i64 offset = (i64)pPager->nSubRec*(4+pPager->pageSize);
4499       char *pData2;
4500       pData2 = pData;
4501       PAGERTRACE(("STMT-JOURNAL %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno));
4502       rc = write32bits(pPager->sjfd, offset, pPg->pgno);
4503       if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4504         rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->sjfd, pData2, pPager->pageSize, offset+4);
4505       }
4506     }
4507   }
4508   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4509     pPager->nSubRec++;
4510     assert( pPager->nSavepoint>0 );
4511     rc = addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pPg->pgno);
4512   }
4513   return rc;
4514 }
4515 static int subjournalPageIfRequired(PgHdr *pPg){
4516   if( subjRequiresPage(pPg) ){
4517     return subjournalPage(pPg);
4518   }else{
4519     return SQLITE_OK;
4520   }
4521 }
4522 
4523 /*
4524 ** This function is called by the pcache layer when it has reached some
4525 ** soft memory limit. The first argument is a pointer to a Pager object
4526 ** (cast as a void*). The pager is always 'purgeable' (not an in-memory
4527 ** database). The second argument is a reference to a page that is
4528 ** currently dirty but has no outstanding references. The page
4529 ** is always associated with the Pager object passed as the first
4530 ** argument.
4531 **
4532 ** The job of this function is to make pPg clean by writing its contents
4533 ** out to the database file, if possible. This may involve syncing the
4534 ** journal file.
4535 **
4536 ** If successful, sqlite3PcacheMakeClean() is called on the page and
4537 ** SQLITE_OK returned. If an IO error occurs while trying to make the
4538 ** page clean, the IO error code is returned. If the page cannot be
4539 ** made clean for some other reason, but no error occurs, then SQLITE_OK
4540 ** is returned by sqlite3PcacheMakeClean() is not called.
4541 */
4542 static int pagerStress(void *p, PgHdr *pPg){
4543   Pager *pPager = (Pager *)p;
4544   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
4545 
4546   assert( pPg->pPager==pPager );
4547   assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY );
4548 
4549   /* The doNotSpill NOSYNC bit is set during times when doing a sync of
4550   ** journal (and adding a new header) is not allowed.  This occurs
4551   ** during calls to sqlite3PagerWrite() while trying to journal multiple
4552   ** pages belonging to the same sector.
4553   **
4554   ** The doNotSpill ROLLBACK and OFF bits inhibits all cache spilling
4555   ** regardless of whether or not a sync is required.  This is set during
4556   ** a rollback or by user request, respectively.
4557   **
4558   ** Spilling is also prohibited when in an error state since that could
4559   ** lead to database corruption.   In the current implementation it
4560   ** is impossible for sqlite3PcacheFetch() to be called with createFlag==3
4561   ** while in the error state, hence it is impossible for this routine to
4562   ** be called in the error state.  Nevertheless, we include a NEVER()
4563   ** test for the error state as a safeguard against future changes.
4564   */
4565   if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return SQLITE_OK;
4566   testcase( pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK );
4567   testcase( pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_OFF );
4568   testcase( pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC );
4569   if( pPager->doNotSpill
4570    && ((pPager->doNotSpill & (SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK|SPILLFLAG_OFF))!=0
4571       || (pPg->flags & PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)!=0)
4572   ){
4573     return SQLITE_OK;
4574   }
4575 
4576   pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_SPILL]++;
4577   pPg->pDirty = 0;
4578   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
4579     /* Write a single frame for this page to the log. */
4580     rc = subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg);
4581     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4582       rc = pagerWalFrames(pPager, pPg, 0, 0);
4583     }
4584   }else{
4585 
4586 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE
4587     if( pPager->tempFile==0 ){
4588       rc = sqlite3JournalCreate(pPager->jfd);
4589       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return pager_error(pPager, rc);
4590     }
4591 #endif
4592 
4593     /* Sync the journal file if required. */
4594     if( pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC
4595      || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
4596     ){
4597       rc = syncJournal(pPager, 1);
4598     }
4599 
4600     /* Write the contents of the page out to the database file. */
4601     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4602       assert( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)==0 );
4603       rc = pager_write_pagelist(pPager, pPg);
4604     }
4605   }
4606 
4607   /* Mark the page as clean. */
4608   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4609     PAGERTRACE(("STRESS %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno));
4610     sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(pPg);
4611   }
4612 
4613   return pager_error(pPager, rc);
4614 }
4615 
4616 /*
4617 ** Flush all unreferenced dirty pages to disk.
4618 */
4619 int sqlite3PagerFlush(Pager *pPager){
4620   int rc = pPager->errCode;
4621   if( !MEMDB ){
4622     PgHdr *pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache);
4623     assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
4624     while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pList ){
4625       PgHdr *pNext = pList->pDirty;
4626       if( pList->nRef==0 ){
4627         rc = pagerStress((void*)pPager, pList);
4628       }
4629       pList = pNext;
4630     }
4631   }
4632 
4633   return rc;
4634 }
4635 
4636 /*
4637 ** Allocate and initialize a new Pager object and put a pointer to it
4638 ** in *ppPager. The pager should eventually be freed by passing it
4639 ** to sqlite3PagerClose().
4640 **
4641 ** The zFilename argument is the path to the database file to open.
4642 ** If zFilename is NULL then a randomly-named temporary file is created
4643 ** and used as the file to be cached. Temporary files are be deleted
4644 ** automatically when they are closed. If zFilename is ":memory:" then
4645 ** all information is held in cache. It is never written to disk.
4646 ** This can be used to implement an in-memory database.
4647 **
4648 ** The nExtra parameter specifies the number of bytes of space allocated
4649 ** along with each page reference. This space is available to the user
4650 ** via the sqlite3PagerGetExtra() API.  When a new page is allocated, the
4651 ** first 8 bytes of this space are zeroed but the remainder is uninitialized.
4652 ** (The extra space is used by btree as the MemPage object.)
4653 **
4654 ** The flags argument is used to specify properties that affect the
4655 ** operation of the pager. It should be passed some bitwise combination
4656 ** of the PAGER_* flags.
4657 **
4658 ** The vfsFlags parameter is a bitmask to pass to the flags parameter
4659 ** of the xOpen() method of the supplied VFS when opening files.
4660 **
4661 ** If the pager object is allocated and the specified file opened
4662 ** successfully, SQLITE_OK is returned and *ppPager set to point to
4663 ** the new pager object. If an error occurs, *ppPager is set to NULL
4664 ** and error code returned. This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM
4665 ** (sqlite3Malloc() is used to allocate memory), SQLITE_CANTOPEN or
4666 ** various SQLITE_IO_XXX errors.
4667 */
4668 int sqlite3PagerOpen(
4669   sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,       /* The virtual file system to use */
4670   Pager **ppPager,         /* OUT: Return the Pager structure here */
4671   const char *zFilename,   /* Name of the database file to open */
4672   int nExtra,              /* Extra bytes append to each in-memory page */
4673   int flags,               /* flags controlling this file */
4674   int vfsFlags,            /* flags passed through to sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */
4675   void (*xReinit)(DbPage*) /* Function to reinitialize pages */
4676 ){
4677   u8 *pPtr;
4678   Pager *pPager = 0;       /* Pager object to allocate and return */
4679   int rc = SQLITE_OK;      /* Return code */
4680   int tempFile = 0;        /* True for temp files (incl. in-memory files) */
4681   int memDb = 0;           /* True if this is an in-memory file */
4682 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DESERIALIZE
4683   int memJM = 0;           /* Memory journal mode */
4684 #else
4685 # define memJM 0
4686 #endif
4687   int readOnly = 0;        /* True if this is a read-only file */
4688   int journalFileSize;     /* Bytes to allocate for each journal fd */
4689   char *zPathname = 0;     /* Full path to database file */
4690   int nPathname = 0;       /* Number of bytes in zPathname */
4691   int useJournal = (flags & PAGER_OMIT_JOURNAL)==0; /* False to omit journal */
4692   int pcacheSize = sqlite3PcacheSize();       /* Bytes to allocate for PCache */
4693   u32 szPageDflt = SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE;  /* Default page size */
4694   const char *zUri = 0;    /* URI args to copy */
4695   int nUriByte = 1;        /* Number of bytes of URI args at *zUri */
4696   int nUri = 0;            /* Number of URI parameters */
4697 
4698   /* Figure out how much space is required for each journal file-handle
4699   ** (there are two of them, the main journal and the sub-journal).  */
4700   journalFileSize = ROUND8(sqlite3JournalSize(pVfs));
4701 
4702   /* Set the output variable to NULL in case an error occurs. */
4703   *ppPager = 0;
4704 
4705 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB
4706   if( flags & PAGER_MEMORY ){
4707     memDb = 1;
4708     if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){
4709       zPathname = sqlite3DbStrDup(0, zFilename);
4710       if( zPathname==0  ) return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
4711       nPathname = sqlite3Strlen30(zPathname);
4712       zFilename = 0;
4713     }
4714   }
4715 #endif
4716 
4717   /* Compute and store the full pathname in an allocated buffer pointed
4718   ** to by zPathname, length nPathname. Or, if this is a temporary file,
4719   ** leave both nPathname and zPathname set to 0.
4720   */
4721   if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){
4722     const char *z;
4723     nPathname = pVfs->mxPathname+1;
4724     zPathname = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(0, nPathname*2);
4725     if( zPathname==0 ){
4726       return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
4727     }
4728     zPathname[0] = 0; /* Make sure initialized even if FullPathname() fails */
4729     rc = sqlite3OsFullPathname(pVfs, zFilename, nPathname, zPathname);
4730     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
4731       if( rc==SQLITE_OK_SYMLINK ){
4732         if( vfsFlags & SQLITE_OPEN_NOFOLLOW ){
4733           rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN_SYMLINK;
4734         }else{
4735           rc = SQLITE_OK;
4736         }
4737       }
4738     }
4739     nPathname = sqlite3Strlen30(zPathname);
4740     z = zUri = &zFilename[sqlite3Strlen30(zFilename)+1];
4741     while( *z ){
4742       z += strlen(z)+1;
4743       z += strlen(z)+1;
4744       nUri++;
4745     }
4746     nUriByte = (int)(&z[1] - zUri);
4747     assert( nUriByte>=1 );
4748     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && nPathname+8>pVfs->mxPathname ){
4749       /* This branch is taken when the journal path required by
4750       ** the database being opened will be more than pVfs->mxPathname
4751       ** bytes in length. This means the database cannot be opened,
4752       ** as it will not be possible to open the journal file or even
4753       ** check for a hot-journal before reading.
4754       */
4755       rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT;
4756     }
4757     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
4758       sqlite3DbFree(0, zPathname);
4759       return rc;
4760     }
4761   }
4762 
4763   /* Allocate memory for the Pager structure, PCache object, the
4764   ** three file descriptors, the database file name and the journal
4765   ** file name. The layout in memory is as follows:
4766   **
4767   **     Pager object                    (sizeof(Pager) bytes)
4768   **     PCache object                   (sqlite3PcacheSize() bytes)
4769   **     Database file handle            (pVfs->szOsFile bytes)
4770   **     Sub-journal file handle         (journalFileSize bytes)
4771   **     Main journal file handle        (journalFileSize bytes)
4772   **     Ptr back to the Pager           (sizeof(Pager*) bytes)
4773   **     \0\0\0\0 database prefix        (4 bytes)
4774   **     Database file name              (nPathname+1 bytes)
4775   **     URI query parameters            (nUriByte bytes)
4776   **     Journal filename                (nPathname+8+1 bytes)
4777   **     WAL filename                    (nPathname+4+1 bytes)
4778   **     \0\0\0 terminator               (3 bytes)
4779   **
4780   ** Some 3rd-party software, over which we have no control, depends on
4781   ** the specific order of the filenames and the \0 separators between them
4782   ** so that it can (for example) find the database filename given the WAL
4783   ** filename without using the sqlite3_filename_database() API.  This is a
4784   ** misuse of SQLite and a bug in the 3rd-party software, but the 3rd-party
4785   ** software is in widespread use, so we try to avoid changing the filename
4786   ** order and formatting if possible.  In particular, the details of the
4787   ** filename format expected by 3rd-party software should be as follows:
4788   **
4789   **   - Main Database Path
4790   **   - \0
4791   **   - Multiple URI components consisting of:
4792   **     - Key
4793   **     - \0
4794   **     - Value
4795   **     - \0
4796   **   - \0
4797   **   - Journal Path
4798   **   - \0
4799   **   - WAL Path (zWALName)
4800   **   - \0
4801   **
4802   ** The sqlite3_create_filename() interface and the databaseFilename() utility
4803   ** that is used by sqlite3_filename_database() and kin also depend on the
4804   ** specific formatting and order of the various filenames, so if the format
4805   ** changes here, be sure to change it there as well.
4806   */
4807   pPtr = (u8 *)sqlite3MallocZero(
4808     ROUND8(sizeof(*pPager)) +            /* Pager structure */
4809     ROUND8(pcacheSize) +                 /* PCache object */
4810     ROUND8(pVfs->szOsFile) +             /* The main db file */
4811     journalFileSize * 2 +                /* The two journal files */
4812     sizeof(pPager) +                     /* Space to hold a pointer */
4813     4 +                                  /* Database prefix */
4814     nPathname + 1 +                      /* database filename */
4815     nUriByte +                           /* query parameters */
4816     nPathname + 8 + 1 +                  /* Journal filename */
4817 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
4818     nPathname + 4 + 1 +                  /* WAL filename */
4819 #endif
4820     3                                    /* Terminator */
4821   );
4822   assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(journalFileSize)) );
4823   if( !pPtr ){
4824     sqlite3DbFree(0, zPathname);
4825     return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
4826   }
4827   pPager = (Pager*)pPtr;                  pPtr += ROUND8(sizeof(*pPager));
4828   pPager->pPCache = (PCache*)pPtr;        pPtr += ROUND8(pcacheSize);
4829   pPager->fd = (sqlite3_file*)pPtr;       pPtr += ROUND8(pVfs->szOsFile);
4830   pPager->sjfd = (sqlite3_file*)pPtr;     pPtr += journalFileSize;
4831   pPager->jfd =  (sqlite3_file*)pPtr;     pPtr += journalFileSize;
4832   assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pPager->jfd) );
4833   memcpy(pPtr, &pPager, sizeof(pPager));  pPtr += sizeof(pPager);
4834 
4835   /* Fill in the Pager.zFilename and pPager.zQueryParam fields */
4836                                           pPtr += 4;  /* Skip zero prefix */
4837   pPager->zFilename = (char*)pPtr;
4838   if( nPathname>0 ){
4839     memcpy(pPtr, zPathname, nPathname);   pPtr += nPathname + 1;
4840     if( zUri ){
4841       memcpy(pPtr, zUri, nUriByte);       pPtr += nUriByte;
4842     }else{
4843                                           pPtr++;
4844     }
4845   }
4846 
4847 
4848   /* Fill in Pager.zJournal */
4849   if( nPathname>0 ){
4850     pPager->zJournal = (char*)pPtr;
4851     memcpy(pPtr, zPathname, nPathname);   pPtr += nPathname;
4852     memcpy(pPtr, "-journal",8);           pPtr += 8 + 1;
4853 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_8_3_NAMES
4854     sqlite3FileSuffix3(zFilename,pPager->zJournal);
4855     pPtr = (u8*)(pPager->zJournal + sqlite3Strlen30(pPager->zJournal)+1);
4856 #endif
4857   }else{
4858     pPager->zJournal = 0;
4859   }
4860 
4861 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
4862   /* Fill in Pager.zWal */
4863   if( nPathname>0 ){
4864     pPager->zWal = (char*)pPtr;
4865     memcpy(pPtr, zPathname, nPathname);   pPtr += nPathname;
4866     memcpy(pPtr, "-wal", 4);              pPtr += 4 + 1;
4867 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_8_3_NAMES
4868     sqlite3FileSuffix3(zFilename, pPager->zWal);
4869     pPtr = (u8*)(pPager->zWal + sqlite3Strlen30(pPager->zWal)+1);
4870 #endif
4871   }else{
4872     pPager->zWal = 0;
4873   }
4874 #endif
4875   (void)pPtr;  /* Suppress warning about unused pPtr value */
4876 
4877   if( nPathname ) sqlite3DbFree(0, zPathname);
4878   pPager->pVfs = pVfs;
4879   pPager->vfsFlags = vfsFlags;
4880 
4881   /* Open the pager file.
4882   */
4883   if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){
4884     int fout = 0;                    /* VFS flags returned by xOpen() */
4885     rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zFilename, pPager->fd, vfsFlags, &fout);
4886     assert( !memDb );
4887 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DESERIALIZE
4888     pPager->memVfs = memJM = (fout&SQLITE_OPEN_MEMORY)!=0;
4889 #endif
4890     readOnly = (fout&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY)!=0;
4891 
4892     /* If the file was successfully opened for read/write access,
4893     ** choose a default page size in case we have to create the
4894     ** database file. The default page size is the maximum of:
4895     **
4896     **    + SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE,
4897     **    + The value returned by sqlite3OsSectorSize()
4898     **    + The largest page size that can be written atomically.
4899     */
4900     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4901       int iDc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd);
4902       if( !readOnly ){
4903         setSectorSize(pPager);
4904         assert(SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE<=SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE);
4905         if( szPageDflt<pPager->sectorSize ){
4906           if( pPager->sectorSize>SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE ){
4907             szPageDflt = SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE;
4908           }else{
4909             szPageDflt = (u32)pPager->sectorSize;
4910           }
4911         }
4912 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
4913         {
4914           int ii;
4915           assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512==(512>>8));
4916           assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K==(65536>>8));
4917           assert(SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE<=65536);
4918           for(ii=szPageDflt; ii<=SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE; ii=ii*2){
4919             if( iDc&(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC|(ii>>8)) ){
4920               szPageDflt = ii;
4921             }
4922           }
4923         }
4924 #endif
4925       }
4926       pPager->noLock = sqlite3_uri_boolean(pPager->zFilename, "nolock", 0);
4927       if( (iDc & SQLITE_IOCAP_IMMUTABLE)!=0
4928        || sqlite3_uri_boolean(pPager->zFilename, "immutable", 0) ){
4929           vfsFlags |= SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY;
4930           goto act_like_temp_file;
4931       }
4932     }
4933   }else{
4934     /* If a temporary file is requested, it is not opened immediately.
4935     ** In this case we accept the default page size and delay actually
4936     ** opening the file until the first call to OsWrite().
4937     **
4938     ** This branch is also run for an in-memory database. An in-memory
4939     ** database is the same as a temp-file that is never written out to
4940     ** disk and uses an in-memory rollback journal.
4941     **
4942     ** This branch also runs for files marked as immutable.
4943     */
4944 act_like_temp_file:
4945     tempFile = 1;
4946     pPager->eState = PAGER_READER;     /* Pretend we already have a lock */
4947     pPager->eLock = EXCLUSIVE_LOCK;    /* Pretend we are in EXCLUSIVE mode */
4948     pPager->noLock = 1;                /* Do no locking */
4949     readOnly = (vfsFlags&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY);
4950   }
4951 
4952   /* The following call to PagerSetPagesize() serves to set the value of
4953   ** Pager.pageSize and to allocate the Pager.pTmpSpace buffer.
4954   */
4955   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4956     assert( pPager->memDb==0 );
4957     rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pPager, &szPageDflt, -1);
4958     testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
4959   }
4960 
4961   /* Initialize the PCache object. */
4962   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4963     nExtra = ROUND8(nExtra);
4964     assert( nExtra>=8 && nExtra<1000 );
4965     rc = sqlite3PcacheOpen(szPageDflt, nExtra, !memDb,
4966                        !memDb?pagerStress:0, (void *)pPager, pPager->pPCache);
4967   }
4968 
4969   /* If an error occurred above, free the  Pager structure and close the file.
4970   */
4971   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
4972     sqlite3OsClose(pPager->fd);
4973     sqlite3PageFree(pPager->pTmpSpace);
4974     sqlite3_free(pPager);
4975     return rc;
4976   }
4977 
4978   PAGERTRACE(("OPEN %d %s\n", FILEHANDLEID(pPager->fd), pPager->zFilename));
4979   IOTRACE(("OPEN %p %s\n", pPager, pPager->zFilename))
4980 
4981   pPager->useJournal = (u8)useJournal;
4982   /* pPager->stmtOpen = 0; */
4983   /* pPager->stmtInUse = 0; */
4984   /* pPager->nRef = 0; */
4985   /* pPager->stmtSize = 0; */
4986   /* pPager->stmtJSize = 0; */
4987   /* pPager->nPage = 0; */
4988   pPager->mxPgno = SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_COUNT;
4989   /* pPager->state = PAGER_UNLOCK; */
4990   /* pPager->errMask = 0; */
4991   pPager->tempFile = (u8)tempFile;
4992   assert( tempFile==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL
4993           || tempFile==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE );
4994   assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE==1 );
4995   pPager->exclusiveMode = (u8)tempFile;
4996   pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile;
4997   pPager->memDb = (u8)memDb;
4998   pPager->readOnly = (u8)readOnly;
4999   assert( useJournal || pPager->tempFile );
5000   pPager->noSync = pPager->tempFile;
5001   if( pPager->noSync ){
5002     assert( pPager->fullSync==0 );
5003     assert( pPager->extraSync==0 );
5004     assert( pPager->syncFlags==0 );
5005     assert( pPager->walSyncFlags==0 );
5006   }else{
5007     pPager->fullSync = 1;
5008     pPager->extraSync = 0;
5009     pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL;
5010     pPager->walSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL | (SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL<<2);
5011   }
5012   /* pPager->pFirst = 0; */
5013   /* pPager->pFirstSynced = 0; */
5014   /* pPager->pLast = 0; */
5015   pPager->nExtra = (u16)nExtra;
5016   pPager->journalSizeLimit = SQLITE_DEFAULT_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT;
5017   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || tempFile );
5018   setSectorSize(pPager);
5019   if( !useJournal ){
5020     pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF;
5021   }else if( memDb || memJM ){
5022     pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY;
5023   }
5024   /* pPager->xBusyHandler = 0; */
5025   /* pPager->pBusyHandlerArg = 0; */
5026   pPager->xReiniter = xReinit;
5027   setGetterMethod(pPager);
5028   /* memset(pPager->aHash, 0, sizeof(pPager->aHash)); */
5029   /* pPager->szMmap = SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE // will be set by btree.c */
5030 
5031   *ppPager = pPager;
5032   return SQLITE_OK;
5033 }
5034 
5035 /*
5036 ** Return the sqlite3_file for the main database given the name
5037 ** of the corresonding WAL or Journal name as passed into
5038 ** xOpen.
5039 */
5040 sqlite3_file *sqlite3_database_file_object(const char *zName){
5041   Pager *pPager;
5042   while( zName[-1]!=0 || zName[-2]!=0 || zName[-3]!=0 || zName[-4]!=0 ){
5043     zName--;
5044   }
5045   pPager = *(Pager**)(zName - 4 - sizeof(Pager*));
5046   return pPager->fd;
5047 }
5048 
5049 
5050 /*
5051 ** This function is called after transitioning from PAGER_UNLOCK to
5052 ** PAGER_SHARED state. It tests if there is a hot journal present in
5053 ** the file-system for the given pager. A hot journal is one that
5054 ** needs to be played back. According to this function, a hot-journal
5055 ** file exists if the following criteria are met:
5056 **
5057 **   * The journal file exists in the file system, and
5058 **   * No process holds a RESERVED or greater lock on the database file, and
5059 **   * The database file itself is greater than 0 bytes in size, and
5060 **   * The first byte of the journal file exists and is not 0x00.
5061 **
5062 ** If the current size of the database file is 0 but a journal file
5063 ** exists, that is probably an old journal left over from a prior
5064 ** database with the same name. In this case the journal file is
5065 ** just deleted using OsDelete, *pExists is set to 0 and SQLITE_OK
5066 ** is returned.
5067 **
5068 ** This routine does not check if there is a super-journal filename
5069 ** at the end of the file. If there is, and that super-journal file
5070 ** does not exist, then the journal file is not really hot. In this
5071 ** case this routine will return a false-positive. The pager_playback()
5072 ** routine will discover that the journal file is not really hot and
5073 ** will not roll it back.
5074 **
5075 ** If a hot-journal file is found to exist, *pExists is set to 1 and
5076 ** SQLITE_OK returned. If no hot-journal file is present, *pExists is
5077 ** set to 0 and SQLITE_OK returned. If an IO error occurs while trying
5078 ** to determine whether or not a hot-journal file exists, the IO error
5079 ** code is returned and the value of *pExists is undefined.
5080 */
5081 static int hasHotJournal(Pager *pPager, int *pExists){
5082   sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs;
5083   int rc = SQLITE_OK;           /* Return code */
5084   int exists = 1;               /* True if a journal file is present */
5085   int jrnlOpen = !!isOpen(pPager->jfd);
5086 
5087   assert( pPager->useJournal );
5088   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) );
5089   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
5090 
5091   assert( jrnlOpen==0 || ( sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->jfd) &
5092     SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN
5093   ));
5094 
5095   *pExists = 0;
5096   if( !jrnlOpen ){
5097     rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &exists);
5098   }
5099   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && exists ){
5100     int locked = 0;             /* True if some process holds a RESERVED lock */
5101 
5102     /* Race condition here:  Another process might have been holding the
5103     ** the RESERVED lock and have a journal open at the sqlite3OsAccess()
5104     ** call above, but then delete the journal and drop the lock before
5105     ** we get to the following sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock() call.  If that
5106     ** is the case, this routine might think there is a hot journal when
5107     ** in fact there is none.  This results in a false-positive which will
5108     ** be dealt with by the playback routine.  Ticket #3883.
5109     */
5110     rc = sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock(pPager->fd, &locked);
5111     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !locked ){
5112       Pgno nPage;                 /* Number of pages in database file */
5113 
5114       assert( pPager->tempFile==0 );
5115       rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage);
5116       if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5117         /* If the database is zero pages in size, that means that either (1) the
5118         ** journal is a remnant from a prior database with the same name where
5119         ** the database file but not the journal was deleted, or (2) the initial
5120         ** transaction that populates a new database is being rolled back.
5121         ** In either case, the journal file can be deleted.  However, take care
5122         ** not to delete the journal file if it is already open due to
5123         ** journal_mode=PERSIST.
5124         */
5125         if( nPage==0 && !jrnlOpen ){
5126           sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
5127           if( pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK)==SQLITE_OK ){
5128             sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0);
5129             if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ) pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
5130           }
5131           sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
5132         }else{
5133           /* The journal file exists and no other connection has a reserved
5134           ** or greater lock on the database file. Now check that there is
5135           ** at least one non-zero bytes at the start of the journal file.
5136           ** If there is, then we consider this journal to be hot. If not,
5137           ** it can be ignored.
5138           */
5139           if( !jrnlOpen ){
5140             int f = SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL;
5141             rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, f, &f);
5142           }
5143           if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5144             u8 first = 0;
5145             rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, (void *)&first, 1, 0);
5146             if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
5147               rc = SQLITE_OK;
5148             }
5149             if( !jrnlOpen ){
5150               sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
5151             }
5152             *pExists = (first!=0);
5153           }else if( rc==SQLITE_CANTOPEN ){
5154             /* If we cannot open the rollback journal file in order to see if
5155             ** it has a zero header, that might be due to an I/O error, or
5156             ** it might be due to the race condition described above and in
5157             ** ticket #3883.  Either way, assume that the journal is hot.
5158             ** This might be a false positive.  But if it is, then the
5159             ** automatic journal playback and recovery mechanism will deal
5160             ** with it under an EXCLUSIVE lock where we do not need to
5161             ** worry so much with race conditions.
5162             */
5163             *pExists = 1;
5164             rc = SQLITE_OK;
5165           }
5166         }
5167       }
5168     }
5169   }
5170 
5171   return rc;
5172 }
5173 
5174 /*
5175 ** This function is called to obtain a shared lock on the database file.
5176 ** It is illegal to call sqlite3PagerGet() until after this function
5177 ** has been successfully called. If a shared-lock is already held when
5178 ** this function is called, it is a no-op.
5179 **
5180 ** The following operations are also performed by this function.
5181 **
5182 **   1) If the pager is currently in PAGER_OPEN state (no lock held
5183 **      on the database file), then an attempt is made to obtain a
5184 **      SHARED lock on the database file. Immediately after obtaining
5185 **      the SHARED lock, the file-system is checked for a hot-journal,
5186 **      which is played back if present. Following any hot-journal
5187 **      rollback, the contents of the cache are validated by checking
5188 **      the 'change-counter' field of the database file header and
5189 **      discarded if they are found to be invalid.
5190 **
5191 **   2) If the pager is running in exclusive-mode, and there are currently
5192 **      no outstanding references to any pages, and is in the error state,
5193 **      then an attempt is made to clear the error state by discarding
5194 **      the contents of the page cache and rolling back any open journal
5195 **      file.
5196 **
5197 ** If everything is successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error
5198 ** occurs while locking the database, checking for a hot-journal file or
5199 ** rolling back a journal file, the IO error code is returned.
5200 */
5201 int sqlite3PagerSharedLock(Pager *pPager){
5202   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                /* Return code */
5203 
5204   /* This routine is only called from b-tree and only when there are no
5205   ** outstanding pages. This implies that the pager state should either
5206   ** be OPEN or READER. READER is only possible if the pager is or was in
5207   ** exclusive access mode.  */
5208   assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 );
5209   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5210   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER );
5211   assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
5212 
5213   if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ){
5214     int bHotJournal = 1;          /* True if there exists a hot journal-file */
5215 
5216     assert( !MEMDB );
5217     assert( pPager->tempFile==0 || pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
5218 
5219     rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
5220     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5221       assert( pPager->eLock==NO_LOCK || pPager->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK );
5222       goto failed;
5223     }
5224 
5225     /* If a journal file exists, and there is no RESERVED lock on the
5226     ** database file, then it either needs to be played back or deleted.
5227     */
5228     if( pPager->eLock<=SHARED_LOCK ){
5229       rc = hasHotJournal(pPager, &bHotJournal);
5230     }
5231     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5232       goto failed;
5233     }
5234     if( bHotJournal ){
5235       if( pPager->readOnly ){
5236         rc = SQLITE_READONLY_ROLLBACK;
5237         goto failed;
5238       }
5239 
5240       /* Get an EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file. At this point it is
5241       ** important that a RESERVED lock is not obtained on the way to the
5242       ** EXCLUSIVE lock. If it were, another process might open the
5243       ** database file, detect the RESERVED lock, and conclude that the
5244       ** database is safe to read while this process is still rolling the
5245       ** hot-journal back.
5246       **
5247       ** Because the intermediate RESERVED lock is not requested, any
5248       ** other process attempting to access the database file will get to
5249       ** this point in the code and fail to obtain its own EXCLUSIVE lock
5250       ** on the database file.
5251       **
5252       ** Unless the pager is in locking_mode=exclusive mode, the lock is
5253       ** downgraded to SHARED_LOCK before this function returns.
5254       */
5255       rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
5256       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5257         goto failed;
5258       }
5259 
5260       /* If it is not already open and the file exists on disk, open the
5261       ** journal for read/write access. Write access is required because
5262       ** in exclusive-access mode the file descriptor will be kept open
5263       ** and possibly used for a transaction later on. Also, write-access
5264       ** is usually required to finalize the journal in journal_mode=persist
5265       ** mode (and also for journal_mode=truncate on some systems).
5266       **
5267       ** If the journal does not exist, it usually means that some
5268       ** other connection managed to get in and roll it back before
5269       ** this connection obtained the exclusive lock above. Or, it
5270       ** may mean that the pager was in the error-state when this
5271       ** function was called and the journal file does not exist.
5272       */
5273       if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){
5274         sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs;
5275         int bExists;              /* True if journal file exists */
5276         rc = sqlite3OsAccess(
5277             pVfs, pPager->zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &bExists);
5278         if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bExists ){
5279           int fout = 0;
5280           int f = SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL;
5281           assert( !pPager->tempFile );
5282           rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, f, &fout);
5283           assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
5284           if( rc==SQLITE_OK && fout&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY ){
5285             rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT;
5286             sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
5287           }
5288         }
5289       }
5290 
5291       /* Playback and delete the journal.  Drop the database write
5292       ** lock and reacquire the read lock. Purge the cache before
5293       ** playing back the hot-journal so that we don't end up with
5294       ** an inconsistent cache.  Sync the hot journal before playing
5295       ** it back since the process that crashed and left the hot journal
5296       ** probably did not sync it and we are required to always sync
5297       ** the journal before playing it back.
5298       */
5299       if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
5300         assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
5301         rc = pagerSyncHotJournal(pPager);
5302         if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5303           rc = pager_playback(pPager, !pPager->tempFile);
5304           pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
5305         }
5306       }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){
5307         pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
5308       }
5309 
5310       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5311         /* This branch is taken if an error occurs while trying to open
5312         ** or roll back a hot-journal while holding an EXCLUSIVE lock. The
5313         ** pager_unlock() routine will be called before returning to unlock
5314         ** the file. If the unlock attempt fails, then Pager.eLock must be
5315         ** set to UNKNOWN_LOCK (see the comment above the #define for
5316         ** UNKNOWN_LOCK above for an explanation).
5317         **
5318         ** In order to get pager_unlock() to do this, set Pager.eState to
5319         ** PAGER_ERROR now. This is not actually counted as a transition
5320         ** to ERROR state in the state diagram at the top of this file,
5321         ** since we know that the same call to pager_unlock() will very
5322         ** shortly transition the pager object to the OPEN state. Calling
5323         ** assert_pager_state() would fail now, as it should not be possible
5324         ** to be in ERROR state when there are zero outstanding page
5325         ** references.
5326         */
5327         pager_error(pPager, rc);
5328         goto failed;
5329       }
5330 
5331       assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
5332       assert( (pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK)
5333            || (pPager->exclusiveMode && pPager->eLock>SHARED_LOCK)
5334       );
5335     }
5336 
5337     if( !pPager->tempFile && pPager->hasHeldSharedLock ){
5338       /* The shared-lock has just been acquired then check to
5339       ** see if the database has been modified.  If the database has changed,
5340       ** flush the cache.  The hasHeldSharedLock flag prevents this from
5341       ** occurring on the very first access to a file, in order to save a
5342       ** single unnecessary sqlite3OsRead() call at the start-up.
5343       **
5344       ** Database changes are detected by looking at 15 bytes beginning
5345       ** at offset 24 into the file.  The first 4 of these 16 bytes are
5346       ** a 32-bit counter that is incremented with each change.  The
5347       ** other bytes change randomly with each file change when
5348       ** a codec is in use.
5349       **
5350       ** There is a vanishingly small chance that a change will not be
5351       ** detected.  The chance of an undetected change is so small that
5352       ** it can be neglected.
5353       */
5354       char dbFileVers[sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)];
5355 
5356       IOTRACE(("CKVERS %p %d\n", pPager, sizeof(dbFileVers)));
5357       rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, &dbFileVers, sizeof(dbFileVers), 24);
5358       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5359         if( rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
5360           goto failed;
5361         }
5362         memset(dbFileVers, 0, sizeof(dbFileVers));
5363       }
5364 
5365       if( memcmp(pPager->dbFileVers, dbFileVers, sizeof(dbFileVers))!=0 ){
5366         pager_reset(pPager);
5367 
5368         /* Unmap the database file. It is possible that external processes
5369         ** may have truncated the database file and then extended it back
5370         ** to its original size while this process was not holding a lock.
5371         ** In this case there may exist a Pager.pMap mapping that appears
5372         ** to be the right size but is not actually valid. Avoid this
5373         ** possibility by unmapping the db here. */
5374         if( USEFETCH(pPager) ){
5375           sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, 0, 0);
5376         }
5377       }
5378     }
5379 
5380     /* If there is a WAL file in the file-system, open this database in WAL
5381     ** mode. Otherwise, the following function call is a no-op.
5382     */
5383     rc = pagerOpenWalIfPresent(pPager);
5384 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
5385     assert( pPager->pWal==0 || rc==SQLITE_OK );
5386 #endif
5387   }
5388 
5389   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
5390     assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
5391     rc = pagerBeginReadTransaction(pPager);
5392   }
5393 
5394   if( pPager->tempFile==0 && pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5395     rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &pPager->dbSize);
5396   }
5397 
5398  failed:
5399   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5400     assert( !MEMDB );
5401     pager_unlock(pPager);
5402     assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
5403   }else{
5404     pPager->eState = PAGER_READER;
5405     pPager->hasHeldSharedLock = 1;
5406   }
5407   return rc;
5408 }
5409 
5410 /*
5411 ** If the reference count has reached zero, rollback any active
5412 ** transaction and unlock the pager.
5413 **
5414 ** Except, in locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE when there is nothing to in
5415 ** the rollback journal, the unlock is not performed and there is
5416 ** nothing to rollback, so this routine is a no-op.
5417 */
5418 static void pagerUnlockIfUnused(Pager *pPager){
5419   if( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 ){
5420     assert( pPager->nMmapOut==0 ); /* because page1 is never memory mapped */
5421     pagerUnlockAndRollback(pPager);
5422   }
5423 }
5424 
5425 /*
5426 ** The page getter methods each try to acquire a reference to a
5427 ** page with page number pgno. If the requested reference is
5428 ** successfully obtained, it is copied to *ppPage and SQLITE_OK returned.
5429 **
5430 ** There are different implementations of the getter method depending
5431 ** on the current state of the pager.
5432 **
5433 **     getPageNormal()         --  The normal getter
5434 **     getPageError()          --  Used if the pager is in an error state
5435 **     getPageMmap()           --  Used if memory-mapped I/O is enabled
5436 **
5437 ** If the requested page is already in the cache, it is returned.
5438 ** Otherwise, a new page object is allocated and populated with data
5439 ** read from the database file. In some cases, the pcache module may
5440 ** choose not to allocate a new page object and may reuse an existing
5441 ** object with no outstanding references.
5442 **
5443 ** The extra data appended to a page is always initialized to zeros the
5444 ** first time a page is loaded into memory. If the page requested is
5445 ** already in the cache when this function is called, then the extra
5446 ** data is left as it was when the page object was last used.
5447 **
5448 ** If the database image is smaller than the requested page or if
5449 ** the flags parameter contains the PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT bit and the
5450 ** requested page is not already stored in the cache, then no
5451 ** actual disk read occurs. In this case the memory image of the
5452 ** page is initialized to all zeros.
5453 **
5454 ** If PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT is true, it means that we do not care about
5455 ** the contents of the page. This occurs in two scenarios:
5456 **
5457 **   a) When reading a free-list leaf page from the database, and
5458 **
5459 **   b) When a savepoint is being rolled back and we need to load
5460 **      a new page into the cache to be filled with the data read
5461 **      from the savepoint journal.
5462 **
5463 ** If PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT is true, then the data returned is zeroed instead
5464 ** of being read from the database. Additionally, the bits corresponding
5465 ** to pgno in Pager.pInJournal (bitvec of pages already written to the
5466 ** journal file) and the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint bitvecs of any open
5467 ** savepoints are set. This means if the page is made writable at any
5468 ** point in the future, using a call to sqlite3PagerWrite(), its contents
5469 ** will not be journaled. This saves IO.
5470 **
5471 ** The acquisition might fail for several reasons.  In all cases,
5472 ** an appropriate error code is returned and *ppPage is set to NULL.
5473 **
5474 ** See also sqlite3PagerLookup().  Both this routine and Lookup() attempt
5475 ** to find a page in the in-memory cache first.  If the page is not already
5476 ** in memory, this routine goes to disk to read it in whereas Lookup()
5477 ** just returns 0.  This routine acquires a read-lock the first time it
5478 ** has to go to disk, and could also playback an old journal if necessary.
5479 ** Since Lookup() never goes to disk, it never has to deal with locks
5480 ** or journal files.
5481 */
5482 static int getPageNormal(
5483   Pager *pPager,      /* The pager open on the database file */
5484   Pgno pgno,          /* Page number to fetch */
5485   DbPage **ppPage,    /* Write a pointer to the page here */
5486   int flags           /* PAGER_GET_XXX flags */
5487 ){
5488   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
5489   PgHdr *pPg;
5490   u8 noContent;                   /* True if PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT is set */
5491   sqlite3_pcache_page *pBase;
5492 
5493   assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
5494   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER );
5495   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5496   assert( pPager->hasHeldSharedLock==1 );
5497 
5498   pBase = sqlite3PcacheFetch(pPager->pPCache, pgno, 3);
5499   if( pBase==0 ){
5500     pPg = 0;
5501     rc = sqlite3PcacheFetchStress(pPager->pPCache, pgno, &pBase);
5502     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto pager_acquire_err;
5503     if( pBase==0 ){
5504       rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
5505       goto pager_acquire_err;
5506     }
5507   }
5508   pPg = *ppPage = sqlite3PcacheFetchFinish(pPager->pPCache, pgno, pBase);
5509   assert( pPg==(*ppPage) );
5510   assert( pPg->pgno==pgno );
5511   assert( pPg->pPager==pPager || pPg->pPager==0 );
5512 
5513   noContent = (flags & PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT)!=0;
5514   if( pPg->pPager && !noContent ){
5515     /* In this case the pcache already contains an initialized copy of
5516     ** the page. Return without further ado.  */
5517     assert( pgno!=PAGER_SJ_PGNO(pPager) );
5518     pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_HIT]++;
5519     return SQLITE_OK;
5520 
5521   }else{
5522     /* The pager cache has created a new page. Its content needs to
5523     ** be initialized. But first some error checks:
5524     **
5525     ** (*) obsolete.  Was: maximum page number is 2^31
5526     ** (2) Never try to fetch the locking page
5527     */
5528     if( pgno==0 || pgno==PAGER_SJ_PGNO(pPager) ){
5529       rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
5530       goto pager_acquire_err;
5531     }
5532 
5533     pPg->pPager = pPager;
5534 
5535     assert( !isOpen(pPager->fd) || !MEMDB );
5536     if( !isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->dbSize<pgno || noContent ){
5537       if( pgno>pPager->mxPgno ){
5538         rc = SQLITE_FULL;
5539         goto pager_acquire_err;
5540       }
5541       if( noContent ){
5542         /* Failure to set the bits in the InJournal bit-vectors is benign.
5543         ** It merely means that we might do some extra work to journal a
5544         ** page that does not need to be journaled.  Nevertheless, be sure
5545         ** to test the case where a malloc error occurs while trying to set
5546         ** a bit in a bit vector.
5547         */
5548         sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
5549         if( pgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize ){
5550           TESTONLY( rc = ) sqlite3BitvecSet(pPager->pInJournal, pgno);
5551           testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
5552         }
5553         TESTONLY( rc = ) addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pgno);
5554         testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
5555         sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
5556       }
5557       memset(pPg->pData, 0, pPager->pageSize);
5558       IOTRACE(("ZERO %p %d\n", pPager, pgno));
5559     }else{
5560       assert( pPg->pPager==pPager );
5561       pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_MISS]++;
5562       rc = readDbPage(pPg);
5563       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5564         goto pager_acquire_err;
5565       }
5566     }
5567     pager_set_pagehash(pPg);
5568   }
5569   return SQLITE_OK;
5570 
5571 pager_acquire_err:
5572   assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
5573   if( pPg ){
5574     sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPg);
5575   }
5576   pagerUnlockIfUnused(pPager);
5577   *ppPage = 0;
5578   return rc;
5579 }
5580 
5581 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
5582 /* The page getter for when memory-mapped I/O is enabled */
5583 static int getPageMMap(
5584   Pager *pPager,      /* The pager open on the database file */
5585   Pgno pgno,          /* Page number to fetch */
5586   DbPage **ppPage,    /* Write a pointer to the page here */
5587   int flags           /* PAGER_GET_XXX flags */
5588 ){
5589   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
5590   PgHdr *pPg = 0;
5591   u32 iFrame = 0;                 /* Frame to read from WAL file */
5592 
5593   /* It is acceptable to use a read-only (mmap) page for any page except
5594   ** page 1 if there is no write-transaction open or the ACQUIRE_READONLY
5595   ** flag was specified by the caller. And so long as the db is not a
5596   ** temporary or in-memory database.  */
5597   const int bMmapOk = (pgno>1
5598    && (pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || (flags & PAGER_GET_READONLY))
5599   );
5600 
5601   assert( USEFETCH(pPager) );
5602 
5603   /* Optimization note:  Adding the "pgno<=1" term before "pgno==0" here
5604   ** allows the compiler optimizer to reuse the results of the "pgno>1"
5605   ** test in the previous statement, and avoid testing pgno==0 in the
5606   ** common case where pgno is large. */
5607   if( pgno<=1 && pgno==0 ){
5608     return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
5609   }
5610   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER );
5611   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5612   assert( pPager->hasHeldSharedLock==1 );
5613   assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
5614 
5615   if( bMmapOk && pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
5616     rc = sqlite3WalFindFrame(pPager->pWal, pgno, &iFrame);
5617     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5618       *ppPage = 0;
5619       return rc;
5620     }
5621   }
5622   if( bMmapOk && iFrame==0 ){
5623     void *pData = 0;
5624     rc = sqlite3OsFetch(pPager->fd,
5625         (i64)(pgno-1) * pPager->pageSize, pPager->pageSize, &pData
5626     );
5627     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pData ){
5628       if( pPager->eState>PAGER_READER || pPager->tempFile ){
5629         pPg = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pgno);
5630       }
5631       if( pPg==0 ){
5632         rc = pagerAcquireMapPage(pPager, pgno, pData, &pPg);
5633       }else{
5634         sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, (i64)(pgno-1)*pPager->pageSize, pData);
5635       }
5636       if( pPg ){
5637         assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
5638         *ppPage = pPg;
5639         return SQLITE_OK;
5640       }
5641     }
5642     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5643       *ppPage = 0;
5644       return rc;
5645     }
5646   }
5647   return getPageNormal(pPager, pgno, ppPage, flags);
5648 }
5649 #endif /* SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0 */
5650 
5651 /* The page getter method for when the pager is an error state */
5652 static int getPageError(
5653   Pager *pPager,      /* The pager open on the database file */
5654   Pgno pgno,          /* Page number to fetch */
5655   DbPage **ppPage,    /* Write a pointer to the page here */
5656   int flags           /* PAGER_GET_XXX flags */
5657 ){
5658   UNUSED_PARAMETER(pgno);
5659   UNUSED_PARAMETER(flags);
5660   assert( pPager->errCode!=SQLITE_OK );
5661   *ppPage = 0;
5662   return pPager->errCode;
5663 }
5664 
5665 
5666 /* Dispatch all page fetch requests to the appropriate getter method.
5667 */
5668 int sqlite3PagerGet(
5669   Pager *pPager,      /* The pager open on the database file */
5670   Pgno pgno,          /* Page number to fetch */
5671   DbPage **ppPage,    /* Write a pointer to the page here */
5672   int flags           /* PAGER_GET_XXX flags */
5673 ){
5674   /* printf("PAGE %u\n", pgno); fflush(stdout); */
5675   return pPager->xGet(pPager, pgno, ppPage, flags);
5676 }
5677 
5678 /*
5679 ** Acquire a page if it is already in the in-memory cache.  Do
5680 ** not read the page from disk.  Return a pointer to the page,
5681 ** or 0 if the page is not in cache.
5682 **
5683 ** See also sqlite3PagerGet().  The difference between this routine
5684 ** and sqlite3PagerGet() is that _get() will go to the disk and read
5685 ** in the page if the page is not already in cache.  This routine
5686 ** returns NULL if the page is not in cache or if a disk I/O error
5687 ** has ever happened.
5688 */
5689 DbPage *sqlite3PagerLookup(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){
5690   sqlite3_pcache_page *pPage;
5691   assert( pPager!=0 );
5692   assert( pgno!=0 );
5693   assert( pPager->pPCache!=0 );
5694   pPage = sqlite3PcacheFetch(pPager->pPCache, pgno, 0);
5695   assert( pPage==0 || pPager->hasHeldSharedLock );
5696   if( pPage==0 ) return 0;
5697   return sqlite3PcacheFetchFinish(pPager->pPCache, pgno, pPage);
5698 }
5699 
5700 /*
5701 ** Release a page reference.
5702 **
5703 ** The sqlite3PagerUnref() and sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull() may only be
5704 ** used if we know that the page being released is not the last page.
5705 ** The btree layer always holds page1 open until the end, so these first
5706 ** to routines can be used to release any page other than BtShared.pPage1.
5707 **
5708 ** Use sqlite3PagerUnrefPageOne() to release page1.  This latter routine
5709 ** checks the total number of outstanding pages and if the number of
5710 ** pages reaches zero it drops the database lock.
5711 */
5712 void sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(DbPage *pPg){
5713   TESTONLY( Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; )
5714   assert( pPg!=0 );
5715   if( pPg->flags & PGHDR_MMAP ){
5716     assert( pPg->pgno!=1 );  /* Page1 is never memory mapped */
5717     pagerReleaseMapPage(pPg);
5718   }else{
5719     sqlite3PcacheRelease(pPg);
5720   }
5721   /* Do not use this routine to release the last reference to page1 */
5722   assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)>0 );
5723 }
5724 void sqlite3PagerUnref(DbPage *pPg){
5725   if( pPg ) sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPg);
5726 }
5727 void sqlite3PagerUnrefPageOne(DbPage *pPg){
5728   Pager *pPager;
5729   assert( pPg!=0 );
5730   assert( pPg->pgno==1 );
5731   assert( (pPg->flags & PGHDR_MMAP)==0 ); /* Page1 is never memory mapped */
5732   pPager = pPg->pPager;
5733   sqlite3PcacheRelease(pPg);
5734   pagerUnlockIfUnused(pPager);
5735 }
5736 
5737 /*
5738 ** This function is called at the start of every write transaction.
5739 ** There must already be a RESERVED or EXCLUSIVE lock on the database
5740 ** file when this routine is called.
5741 **
5742 ** Open the journal file for pager pPager and write a journal header
5743 ** to the start of it. If there are active savepoints, open the sub-journal
5744 ** as well. This function is only used when the journal file is being
5745 ** opened to write a rollback log for a transaction. It is not used
5746 ** when opening a hot journal file to roll it back.
5747 **
5748 ** If the journal file is already open (as it may be in exclusive mode),
5749 ** then this function just writes a journal header to the start of the
5750 ** already open file.
5751 **
5752 ** Whether or not the journal file is opened by this function, the
5753 ** Pager.pInJournal bitvec structure is allocated.
5754 **
5755 ** Return SQLITE_OK if everything is successful. Otherwise, return
5756 ** SQLITE_NOMEM if the attempt to allocate Pager.pInJournal fails, or
5757 ** an IO error code if opening or writing the journal file fails.
5758 */
5759 static int pager_open_journal(Pager *pPager){
5760   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                        /* Return code */
5761   sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs;   /* Local cache of vfs pointer */
5762 
5763   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
5764   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5765   assert( pPager->pInJournal==0 );
5766 
5767   /* If already in the error state, this function is a no-op.  But on
5768   ** the other hand, this routine is never called if we are already in
5769   ** an error state. */
5770   if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode;
5771 
5772   if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){
5773     pPager->pInJournal = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pPager->dbSize);
5774     if( pPager->pInJournal==0 ){
5775       return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
5776     }
5777 
5778     /* Open the journal file if it is not already open. */
5779     if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
5780       if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ){
5781         sqlite3MemJournalOpen(pPager->jfd);
5782       }else{
5783         int flags = SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE;
5784         int nSpill;
5785 
5786         if( pPager->tempFile ){
5787           flags |= (SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE|SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL);
5788           nSpill = sqlite3Config.nStmtSpill;
5789         }else{
5790           flags |= SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL;
5791           nSpill = jrnlBufferSize(pPager);
5792         }
5793 
5794         /* Verify that the database still has the same name as it did when
5795         ** it was originally opened. */
5796         rc = databaseIsUnmoved(pPager);
5797         if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5798           rc = sqlite3JournalOpen (
5799               pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, flags, nSpill
5800           );
5801         }
5802       }
5803       assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
5804     }
5805 
5806 
5807     /* Write the first journal header to the journal file and open
5808     ** the sub-journal if necessary.
5809     */
5810     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5811       /* TODO: Check if all of these are really required. */
5812       pPager->nRec = 0;
5813       pPager->journalOff = 0;
5814       pPager->setSuper = 0;
5815       pPager->journalHdr = 0;
5816       rc = writeJournalHdr(pPager);
5817     }
5818   }
5819 
5820   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5821     sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal);
5822     pPager->pInJournal = 0;
5823   }else{
5824     assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
5825     pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD;
5826   }
5827 
5828   return rc;
5829 }
5830 
5831 /*
5832 ** Begin a write-transaction on the specified pager object. If a
5833 ** write-transaction has already been opened, this function is a no-op.
5834 **
5835 ** If the exFlag argument is false, then acquire at least a RESERVED
5836 ** lock on the database file. If exFlag is true, then acquire at least
5837 ** an EXCLUSIVE lock. If such a lock is already held, no locking
5838 ** functions need be called.
5839 **
5840 ** If the subjInMemory argument is non-zero, then any sub-journal opened
5841 ** within this transaction will be opened as an in-memory file. This
5842 ** has no effect if the sub-journal is already opened (as it may be when
5843 ** running in exclusive mode) or if the transaction does not require a
5844 ** sub-journal. If the subjInMemory argument is zero, then any required
5845 ** sub-journal is implemented in-memory if pPager is an in-memory database,
5846 ** or using a temporary file otherwise.
5847 */
5848 int sqlite3PagerBegin(Pager *pPager, int exFlag, int subjInMemory){
5849   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
5850 
5851   if( pPager->errCode ) return pPager->errCode;
5852   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER && pPager->eState<PAGER_ERROR );
5853   pPager->subjInMemory = (u8)subjInMemory;
5854 
5855   if( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER ){
5856     assert( pPager->pInJournal==0 );
5857 
5858     if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
5859       /* If the pager is configured to use locking_mode=exclusive, and an
5860       ** exclusive lock on the database is not already held, obtain it now.
5861       */
5862       if( pPager->exclusiveMode && sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, -1) ){
5863         rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
5864         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5865           return rc;
5866         }
5867         (void)sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, 1);
5868       }
5869 
5870       /* Grab the write lock on the log file. If successful, upgrade to
5871       ** PAGER_RESERVED state. Otherwise, return an error code to the caller.
5872       ** The busy-handler is not invoked if another connection already
5873       ** holds the write-lock. If possible, the upper layer will call it.
5874       */
5875       rc = sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction(pPager->pWal);
5876     }else{
5877       /* Obtain a RESERVED lock on the database file. If the exFlag parameter
5878       ** is true, then immediately upgrade this to an EXCLUSIVE lock. The
5879       ** busy-handler callback can be used when upgrading to the EXCLUSIVE
5880       ** lock, but not when obtaining the RESERVED lock.
5881       */
5882       rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK);
5883       if( rc==SQLITE_OK && exFlag ){
5884         rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
5885       }
5886     }
5887 
5888     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5889       /* Change to WRITER_LOCKED state.
5890       **
5891       ** WAL mode sets Pager.eState to PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED or CACHEMOD
5892       ** when it has an open transaction, but never to DBMOD or FINISHED.
5893       ** This is because in those states the code to roll back savepoint
5894       ** transactions may copy data from the sub-journal into the database
5895       ** file as well as into the page cache. Which would be incorrect in
5896       ** WAL mode.
5897       */
5898       pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED;
5899       pPager->dbHintSize = pPager->dbSize;
5900       pPager->dbFileSize = pPager->dbSize;
5901       pPager->dbOrigSize = pPager->dbSize;
5902       pPager->journalOff = 0;
5903     }
5904 
5905     assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER );
5906     assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
5907     assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5908   }
5909 
5910   PAGERTRACE(("TRANSACTION %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
5911   return rc;
5912 }
5913 
5914 /*
5915 ** Write page pPg onto the end of the rollback journal.
5916 */
5917 static SQLITE_NOINLINE int pagerAddPageToRollbackJournal(PgHdr *pPg){
5918   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
5919   int rc;
5920   u32 cksum;
5921   char *pData2;
5922   i64 iOff = pPager->journalOff;
5923 
5924   /* We should never write to the journal file the page that
5925   ** contains the database locks.  The following assert verifies
5926   ** that we do not. */
5927   assert( pPg->pgno!=PAGER_SJ_PGNO(pPager) );
5928 
5929   assert( pPager->journalHdr<=pPager->journalOff );
5930   pData2 = pPg->pData;
5931   cksum = pager_cksum(pPager, (u8*)pData2);
5932 
5933   /* Even if an IO or diskfull error occurs while journalling the
5934   ** page in the block above, set the need-sync flag for the page.
5935   ** Otherwise, when the transaction is rolled back, the logic in
5936   ** playback_one_page() will think that the page needs to be restored
5937   ** in the database file. And if an IO error occurs while doing so,
5938   ** then corruption may follow.
5939   */
5940   pPg->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
5941 
5942   rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iOff, pPg->pgno);
5943   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
5944   rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, pData2, pPager->pageSize, iOff+4);
5945   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
5946   rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iOff+pPager->pageSize+4, cksum);
5947   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
5948 
5949   IOTRACE(("JOUT %p %d %lld %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno,
5950            pPager->journalOff, pPager->pageSize));
5951   PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_writej_count);
5952   PAGERTRACE(("JOURNAL %d page %d needSync=%d hash(%08x)\n",
5953        PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno,
5954        ((pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0), pager_pagehash(pPg)));
5955 
5956   pPager->journalOff += 8 + pPager->pageSize;
5957   pPager->nRec++;
5958   assert( pPager->pInJournal!=0 );
5959   rc = sqlite3BitvecSet(pPager->pInJournal, pPg->pgno);
5960   testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
5961   assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
5962   rc |= addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pPg->pgno);
5963   assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
5964   return rc;
5965 }
5966 
5967 /*
5968 ** Mark a single data page as writeable. The page is written into the
5969 ** main journal or sub-journal as required. If the page is written into
5970 ** one of the journals, the corresponding bit is set in the
5971 ** Pager.pInJournal bitvec and the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint bitvecs
5972 ** of any open savepoints as appropriate.
5973 */
5974 static int pager_write(PgHdr *pPg){
5975   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
5976   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
5977 
5978   /* This routine is not called unless a write-transaction has already
5979   ** been started. The journal file may or may not be open at this point.
5980   ** It is never called in the ERROR state.
5981   */
5982   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
5983        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
5984        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
5985   );
5986   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5987   assert( pPager->errCode==0 );
5988   assert( pPager->readOnly==0 );
5989   CHECK_PAGE(pPg);
5990 
5991   /* The journal file needs to be opened. Higher level routines have already
5992   ** obtained the necessary locks to begin the write-transaction, but the
5993   ** rollback journal might not yet be open. Open it now if this is the case.
5994   **
5995   ** This is done before calling sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty() on the page.
5996   ** Otherwise, if it were done after calling sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(), then
5997   ** an error might occur and the pager would end up in WRITER_LOCKED state
5998   ** with pages marked as dirty in the cache.
5999   */
6000   if( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){
6001     rc = pager_open_journal(pPager);
6002     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
6003   }
6004   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD );
6005   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6006 
6007   /* Mark the page that is about to be modified as dirty. */
6008   sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg);
6009 
6010   /* If a rollback journal is in use, them make sure the page that is about
6011   ** to change is in the rollback journal, or if the page is a new page off
6012   ** then end of the file, make sure it is marked as PGHDR_NEED_SYNC.
6013   */
6014   assert( (pPager->pInJournal!=0) == isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
6015   if( pPager->pInJournal!=0
6016    && sqlite3BitvecTestNotNull(pPager->pInJournal, pPg->pgno)==0
6017   ){
6018     assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 );
6019     if( pPg->pgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize ){
6020       rc = pagerAddPageToRollbackJournal(pPg);
6021       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
6022         return rc;
6023       }
6024     }else{
6025       if( pPager->eState!=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD ){
6026         pPg->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
6027       }
6028       PAGERTRACE(("APPEND %d page %d needSync=%d\n",
6029               PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno,
6030              ((pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0)));
6031     }
6032   }
6033 
6034   /* The PGHDR_DIRTY bit is set above when the page was added to the dirty-list
6035   ** and before writing the page into the rollback journal.  Wait until now,
6036   ** after the page has been successfully journalled, before setting the
6037   ** PGHDR_WRITEABLE bit that indicates that the page can be safely modified.
6038   */
6039   pPg->flags |= PGHDR_WRITEABLE;
6040 
6041   /* If the statement journal is open and the page is not in it,
6042   ** then write the page into the statement journal.
6043   */
6044   if( pPager->nSavepoint>0 ){
6045     rc = subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg);
6046   }
6047 
6048   /* Update the database size and return. */
6049   if( pPager->dbSize<pPg->pgno ){
6050     pPager->dbSize = pPg->pgno;
6051   }
6052   return rc;
6053 }
6054 
6055 /*
6056 ** This is a variant of sqlite3PagerWrite() that runs when the sector size
6057 ** is larger than the page size.  SQLite makes the (reasonable) assumption that
6058 ** all bytes of a sector are written together by hardware.  Hence, all bytes of
6059 ** a sector need to be journalled in case of a power loss in the middle of
6060 ** a write.
6061 **
6062 ** Usually, the sector size is less than or equal to the page size, in which
6063 ** case pages can be individually written.  This routine only runs in the
6064 ** exceptional case where the page size is smaller than the sector size.
6065 */
6066 static SQLITE_NOINLINE int pagerWriteLargeSector(PgHdr *pPg){
6067   int rc = SQLITE_OK;          /* Return code */
6068   Pgno nPageCount;             /* Total number of pages in database file */
6069   Pgno pg1;                    /* First page of the sector pPg is located on. */
6070   int nPage = 0;               /* Number of pages starting at pg1 to journal */
6071   int ii;                      /* Loop counter */
6072   int needSync = 0;            /* True if any page has PGHDR_NEED_SYNC */
6073   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; /* The pager that owns pPg */
6074   Pgno nPagePerSector = (pPager->sectorSize/pPager->pageSize);
6075 
6076   /* Set the doNotSpill NOSYNC bit to 1. This is because we cannot allow
6077   ** a journal header to be written between the pages journaled by
6078   ** this function.
6079   */
6080   assert( !MEMDB );
6081   assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC)==0 );
6082   pPager->doNotSpill |= SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC;
6083 
6084   /* This trick assumes that both the page-size and sector-size are
6085   ** an integer power of 2. It sets variable pg1 to the identifier
6086   ** of the first page of the sector pPg is located on.
6087   */
6088   pg1 = ((pPg->pgno-1) & ~(nPagePerSector-1)) + 1;
6089 
6090   nPageCount = pPager->dbSize;
6091   if( pPg->pgno>nPageCount ){
6092     nPage = (pPg->pgno - pg1)+1;
6093   }else if( (pg1+nPagePerSector-1)>nPageCount ){
6094     nPage = nPageCount+1-pg1;
6095   }else{
6096     nPage = nPagePerSector;
6097   }
6098   assert(nPage>0);
6099   assert(pg1<=pPg->pgno);
6100   assert((pg1+nPage)>pPg->pgno);
6101 
6102   for(ii=0; ii<nPage && rc==SQLITE_OK; ii++){
6103     Pgno pg = pg1+ii;
6104     PgHdr *pPage;
6105     if( pg==pPg->pgno || !sqlite3BitvecTest(pPager->pInJournal, pg) ){
6106       if( pg!=PAGER_SJ_PGNO(pPager) ){
6107         rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, pg, &pPage, 0);
6108         if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6109           rc = pager_write(pPage);
6110           if( pPage->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC ){
6111             needSync = 1;
6112           }
6113           sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage);
6114         }
6115       }
6116     }else if( (pPage = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pg))!=0 ){
6117       if( pPage->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC ){
6118         needSync = 1;
6119       }
6120       sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage);
6121     }
6122   }
6123 
6124   /* If the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag is set for any of the nPage pages
6125   ** starting at pg1, then it needs to be set for all of them. Because
6126   ** writing to any of these nPage pages may damage the others, the
6127   ** journal file must contain sync()ed copies of all of them
6128   ** before any of them can be written out to the database file.
6129   */
6130   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && needSync ){
6131     assert( !MEMDB );
6132     for(ii=0; ii<nPage; ii++){
6133       PgHdr *pPage = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pg1+ii);
6134       if( pPage ){
6135         pPage->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
6136         sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage);
6137       }
6138     }
6139   }
6140 
6141   assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC)!=0 );
6142   pPager->doNotSpill &= ~SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC;
6143   return rc;
6144 }
6145 
6146 /*
6147 ** Mark a data page as writeable. This routine must be called before
6148 ** making changes to a page. The caller must check the return value
6149 ** of this function and be careful not to change any page data unless
6150 ** this routine returns SQLITE_OK.
6151 **
6152 ** The difference between this function and pager_write() is that this
6153 ** function also deals with the special case where 2 or more pages
6154 ** fit on a single disk sector. In this case all co-resident pages
6155 ** must have been written to the journal file before returning.
6156 **
6157 ** If an error occurs, SQLITE_NOMEM or an IO error code is returned
6158 ** as appropriate. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK.
6159 */
6160 int sqlite3PagerWrite(PgHdr *pPg){
6161   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
6162   assert( (pPg->flags & PGHDR_MMAP)==0 );
6163   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
6164   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6165   if( (pPg->flags & PGHDR_WRITEABLE)!=0 && pPager->dbSize>=pPg->pgno ){
6166     if( pPager->nSavepoint ) return subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg);
6167     return SQLITE_OK;
6168   }else if( pPager->errCode ){
6169     return pPager->errCode;
6170   }else if( pPager->sectorSize > (u32)pPager->pageSize ){
6171     assert( pPager->tempFile==0 );
6172     return pagerWriteLargeSector(pPg);
6173   }else{
6174     return pager_write(pPg);
6175   }
6176 }
6177 
6178 /*
6179 ** Return TRUE if the page given in the argument was previously passed
6180 ** to sqlite3PagerWrite().  In other words, return TRUE if it is ok
6181 ** to change the content of the page.
6182 */
6183 #ifndef NDEBUG
6184 int sqlite3PagerIswriteable(DbPage *pPg){
6185   return pPg->flags & PGHDR_WRITEABLE;
6186 }
6187 #endif
6188 
6189 /*
6190 ** A call to this routine tells the pager that it is not necessary to
6191 ** write the information on page pPg back to the disk, even though
6192 ** that page might be marked as dirty.  This happens, for example, when
6193 ** the page has been added as a leaf of the freelist and so its
6194 ** content no longer matters.
6195 **
6196 ** The overlying software layer calls this routine when all of the data
6197 ** on the given page is unused. The pager marks the page as clean so
6198 ** that it does not get written to disk.
6199 **
6200 ** Tests show that this optimization can quadruple the speed of large
6201 ** DELETE operations.
6202 **
6203 ** This optimization cannot be used with a temp-file, as the page may
6204 ** have been dirty at the start of the transaction. In that case, if
6205 ** memory pressure forces page pPg out of the cache, the data does need
6206 ** to be written out to disk so that it may be read back in if the
6207 ** current transaction is rolled back.
6208 */
6209 void sqlite3PagerDontWrite(PgHdr *pPg){
6210   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
6211   if( !pPager->tempFile && (pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY) && pPager->nSavepoint==0 ){
6212     PAGERTRACE(("DONT_WRITE page %d of %d\n", pPg->pgno, PAGERID(pPager)));
6213     IOTRACE(("CLEAN %p %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno))
6214     pPg->flags |= PGHDR_DONT_WRITE;
6215     pPg->flags &= ~PGHDR_WRITEABLE;
6216     testcase( pPg->flags & PGHDR_NEED_SYNC );
6217     pager_set_pagehash(pPg);
6218   }
6219 }
6220 
6221 /*
6222 ** This routine is called to increment the value of the database file
6223 ** change-counter, stored as a 4-byte big-endian integer starting at
6224 ** byte offset 24 of the pager file.  The secondary change counter at
6225 ** 92 is also updated, as is the SQLite version number at offset 96.
6226 **
6227 ** But this only happens if the pPager->changeCountDone flag is false.
6228 ** To avoid excess churning of page 1, the update only happens once.
6229 ** See also the pager_write_changecounter() routine that does an
6230 ** unconditional update of the change counters.
6231 **
6232 ** If the isDirectMode flag is zero, then this is done by calling
6233 ** sqlite3PagerWrite() on page 1, then modifying the contents of the
6234 ** page data. In this case the file will be updated when the current
6235 ** transaction is committed.
6236 **
6237 ** The isDirectMode flag may only be non-zero if the library was compiled
6238 ** with the SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE macro defined. In this case,
6239 ** if isDirect is non-zero, then the database file is updated directly
6240 ** by writing an updated version of page 1 using a call to the
6241 ** sqlite3OsWrite() function.
6242 */
6243 static int pager_incr_changecounter(Pager *pPager, int isDirectMode){
6244   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
6245 
6246   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
6247        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
6248   );
6249   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6250 
6251   /* Declare and initialize constant integer 'isDirect'. If the
6252   ** atomic-write optimization is enabled in this build, then isDirect
6253   ** is initialized to the value passed as the isDirectMode parameter
6254   ** to this function. Otherwise, it is always set to zero.
6255   **
6256   ** The idea is that if the atomic-write optimization is not
6257   ** enabled at compile time, the compiler can omit the tests of
6258   ** 'isDirect' below, as well as the block enclosed in the
6259   ** "if( isDirect )" condition.
6260   */
6261 #ifndef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
6262 # define DIRECT_MODE 0
6263   assert( isDirectMode==0 );
6264   UNUSED_PARAMETER(isDirectMode);
6265 #else
6266 # define DIRECT_MODE isDirectMode
6267 #endif
6268 
6269   if( !pPager->changeCountDone && ALWAYS(pPager->dbSize>0) ){
6270     PgHdr *pPgHdr;                /* Reference to page 1 */
6271 
6272     assert( !pPager->tempFile && isOpen(pPager->fd) );
6273 
6274     /* Open page 1 of the file for writing. */
6275     rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, 1, &pPgHdr, 0);
6276     assert( pPgHdr==0 || rc==SQLITE_OK );
6277 
6278     /* If page one was fetched successfully, and this function is not
6279     ** operating in direct-mode, make page 1 writable.  When not in
6280     ** direct mode, page 1 is always held in cache and hence the PagerGet()
6281     ** above is always successful - hence the ALWAYS on rc==SQLITE_OK.
6282     */
6283     if( !DIRECT_MODE && ALWAYS(rc==SQLITE_OK) ){
6284       rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPgHdr);
6285     }
6286 
6287     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6288       /* Actually do the update of the change counter */
6289       pager_write_changecounter(pPgHdr);
6290 
6291       /* If running in direct mode, write the contents of page 1 to the file. */
6292       if( DIRECT_MODE ){
6293         const void *zBuf;
6294         assert( pPager->dbFileSize>0 );
6295         zBuf = pPgHdr->pData;
6296         if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6297           rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, zBuf, pPager->pageSize, 0);
6298           pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE]++;
6299         }
6300         if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6301           /* Update the pager's copy of the change-counter. Otherwise, the
6302           ** next time a read transaction is opened the cache will be
6303           ** flushed (as the change-counter values will not match).  */
6304           const void *pCopy = (const void *)&((const char *)zBuf)[24];
6305           memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, pCopy, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
6306           pPager->changeCountDone = 1;
6307         }
6308       }else{
6309         pPager->changeCountDone = 1;
6310       }
6311     }
6312 
6313     /* Release the page reference. */
6314     sqlite3PagerUnref(pPgHdr);
6315   }
6316   return rc;
6317 }
6318 
6319 /*
6320 ** Sync the database file to disk. This is a no-op for in-memory databases
6321 ** or pages with the Pager.noSync flag set.
6322 **
6323 ** If successful, or if called on a pager for which it is a no-op, this
6324 ** function returns SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, an IO error code is returned.
6325 */
6326 int sqlite3PagerSync(Pager *pPager, const char *zSuper){
6327   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
6328   void *pArg = (void*)zSuper;
6329   rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC, pArg);
6330   if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ) rc = SQLITE_OK;
6331   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pPager->noSync ){
6332     assert( !MEMDB );
6333     rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->fd, pPager->syncFlags);
6334   }
6335   return rc;
6336 }
6337 
6338 /*
6339 ** This function may only be called while a write-transaction is active in
6340 ** rollback. If the connection is in WAL mode, this call is a no-op.
6341 ** Otherwise, if the connection does not already have an EXCLUSIVE lock on
6342 ** the database file, an attempt is made to obtain one.
6343 **
6344 ** If the EXCLUSIVE lock is already held or the attempt to obtain it is
6345 ** successful, or the connection is in WAL mode, SQLITE_OK is returned.
6346 ** Otherwise, either SQLITE_BUSY or an SQLITE_IOERR_XXX error code is
6347 ** returned.
6348 */
6349 int sqlite3PagerExclusiveLock(Pager *pPager){
6350   int rc = pPager->errCode;
6351   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6352   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6353     assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
6354          || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
6355          || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
6356     );
6357     assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6358     if( 0==pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
6359       rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
6360     }
6361   }
6362   return rc;
6363 }
6364 
6365 /*
6366 ** Sync the database file for the pager pPager. zSuper points to the name
6367 ** of a super-journal file that should be written into the individual
6368 ** journal file. zSuper may be NULL, which is interpreted as no
6369 ** super-journal (a single database transaction).
6370 **
6371 ** This routine ensures that:
6372 **
6373 **   * The database file change-counter is updated,
6374 **   * the journal is synced (unless the atomic-write optimization is used),
6375 **   * all dirty pages are written to the database file,
6376 **   * the database file is truncated (if required), and
6377 **   * the database file synced.
6378 **
6379 ** The only thing that remains to commit the transaction is to finalize
6380 ** (delete, truncate or zero the first part of) the journal file (or
6381 ** delete the super-journal file if specified).
6382 **
6383 ** Note that if zSuper==NULL, this does not overwrite a previous value
6384 ** passed to an sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne() call.
6385 **
6386 ** If the final parameter - noSync - is true, then the database file itself
6387 ** is not synced. The caller must call sqlite3PagerSync() directly to
6388 ** sync the database file before calling CommitPhaseTwo() to delete the
6389 ** journal file in this case.
6390 */
6391 int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne(
6392   Pager *pPager,                  /* Pager object */
6393   const char *zSuper,            /* If not NULL, the super-journal name */
6394   int noSync                      /* True to omit the xSync on the db file */
6395 ){
6396   int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */
6397 
6398   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
6399        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
6400        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
6401        || pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR
6402   );
6403   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6404 
6405   /* If a prior error occurred, report that error again. */
6406   if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode;
6407 
6408   /* Provide the ability to easily simulate an I/O error during testing */
6409   if( sqlite3FaultSim(400) ) return SQLITE_IOERR;
6410 
6411   PAGERTRACE(("DATABASE SYNC: File=%s zSuper=%s nSize=%d\n",
6412       pPager->zFilename, zSuper, pPager->dbSize));
6413 
6414   /* If no database changes have been made, return early. */
6415   if( pPager->eState<PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ) return SQLITE_OK;
6416 
6417   assert( MEMDB==0 || pPager->tempFile );
6418   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile );
6419   if( 0==pagerFlushOnCommit(pPager, 1) ){
6420     /* If this is an in-memory db, or no pages have been written to, or this
6421     ** function has already been called, it is mostly a no-op.  However, any
6422     ** backup in progress needs to be restarted.  */
6423     sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup);
6424   }else{
6425     PgHdr *pList;
6426     if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
6427       PgHdr *pPageOne = 0;
6428       pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache);
6429       if( pList==0 ){
6430         /* Must have at least one page for the WAL commit flag.
6431         ** Ticket [2d1a5c67dfc2363e44f29d9bbd57f] 2011-05-18 */
6432         rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, 1, &pPageOne, 0);
6433         pList = pPageOne;
6434         pList->pDirty = 0;
6435       }
6436       assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
6437       if( ALWAYS(pList) ){
6438         rc = pagerWalFrames(pPager, pList, pPager->dbSize, 1);
6439       }
6440       sqlite3PagerUnref(pPageOne);
6441       if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6442         sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache);
6443       }
6444     }else{
6445       /* The bBatch boolean is true if the batch-atomic-write commit method
6446       ** should be used.  No rollback journal is created if batch-atomic-write
6447       ** is enabled.
6448       */
6449 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE
6450       sqlite3_file *fd = pPager->fd;
6451       int bBatch = zSuper==0    /* An SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC commit */
6452         && (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(fd) & SQLITE_IOCAP_BATCH_ATOMIC)
6453         && !pPager->noSync
6454         && sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->jfd);
6455 #else
6456 #     define bBatch 0
6457 #endif
6458 
6459 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
6460       /* The following block updates the change-counter. Exactly how it
6461       ** does this depends on whether or not the atomic-update optimization
6462       ** was enabled at compile time, and if this transaction meets the
6463       ** runtime criteria to use the operation:
6464       **
6465       **    * The file-system supports the atomic-write property for
6466       **      blocks of size page-size, and
6467       **    * This commit is not part of a multi-file transaction, and
6468       **    * Exactly one page has been modified and store in the journal file.
6469       **
6470       ** If the optimization was not enabled at compile time, then the
6471       ** pager_incr_changecounter() function is called to update the change
6472       ** counter in 'indirect-mode'. If the optimization is compiled in but
6473       ** is not applicable to this transaction, call sqlite3JournalCreate()
6474       ** to make sure the journal file has actually been created, then call
6475       ** pager_incr_changecounter() to update the change-counter in indirect
6476       ** mode.
6477       **
6478       ** Otherwise, if the optimization is both enabled and applicable,
6479       ** then call pager_incr_changecounter() to update the change-counter
6480       ** in 'direct' mode. In this case the journal file will never be
6481       ** created for this transaction.
6482       */
6483       if( bBatch==0 ){
6484         PgHdr *pPg;
6485         assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd)
6486             || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
6487             || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
6488             );
6489         if( !zSuper && isOpen(pPager->jfd)
6490          && pPager->journalOff==jrnlBufferSize(pPager)
6491          && pPager->dbSize>=pPager->dbOrigSize
6492          && (!(pPg = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache)) || 0==pPg->pDirty)
6493         ){
6494           /* Update the db file change counter via the direct-write method. The
6495           ** following call will modify the in-memory representation of page 1
6496           ** to include the updated change counter and then write page 1
6497           ** directly to the database file. Because of the atomic-write
6498           ** property of the host file-system, this is safe.
6499           */
6500           rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 1);
6501         }else{
6502           rc = sqlite3JournalCreate(pPager->jfd);
6503           if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6504             rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 0);
6505           }
6506         }
6507       }
6508 #else  /* SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE */
6509 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE
6510       if( zSuper ){
6511         rc = sqlite3JournalCreate(pPager->jfd);
6512         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
6513         assert( bBatch==0 );
6514       }
6515 #endif
6516       rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 0);
6517 #endif /* !SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE */
6518       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
6519 
6520       /* Write the super-journal name into the journal file. If a
6521       ** super-journal file name has already been written to the journal file,
6522       ** or if zSuper is NULL (no super-journal), then this call is a no-op.
6523       */
6524       rc = writeSuperJournal(pPager, zSuper);
6525       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
6526 
6527       /* Sync the journal file and write all dirty pages to the database.
6528       ** If the atomic-update optimization is being used, this sync will not
6529       ** create the journal file or perform any real IO.
6530       **
6531       ** Because the change-counter page was just modified, unless the
6532       ** atomic-update optimization is used it is almost certain that the
6533       ** journal requires a sync here. However, in locking_mode=exclusive
6534       ** on a system under memory pressure it is just possible that this is
6535       ** not the case. In this case it is likely enough that the redundant
6536       ** xSync() call will be changed to a no-op by the OS anyhow.
6537       */
6538       rc = syncJournal(pPager, 0);
6539       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
6540 
6541       pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache);
6542 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE
6543       if( bBatch ){
6544         rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_BEGIN_ATOMIC_WRITE, 0);
6545         if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6546           rc = pager_write_pagelist(pPager, pList);
6547           if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6548             rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_ATOMIC_WRITE, 0);
6549           }
6550           if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
6551             sqlite3OsFileControlHint(fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_ROLLBACK_ATOMIC_WRITE, 0);
6552           }
6553         }
6554 
6555         if( (rc&0xFF)==SQLITE_IOERR && rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ){
6556           rc = sqlite3JournalCreate(pPager->jfd);
6557           if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
6558             sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
6559             goto commit_phase_one_exit;
6560           }
6561           bBatch = 0;
6562         }else{
6563           sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
6564         }
6565       }
6566 #endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_BATCH_ATOMIC_WRITE */
6567 
6568       if( bBatch==0 ){
6569         rc = pager_write_pagelist(pPager, pList);
6570       }
6571       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
6572         assert( rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED );
6573         goto commit_phase_one_exit;
6574       }
6575       sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache);
6576 
6577       /* If the file on disk is smaller than the database image, use
6578       ** pager_truncate to grow the file here. This can happen if the database
6579       ** image was extended as part of the current transaction and then the
6580       ** last page in the db image moved to the free-list. In this case the
6581       ** last page is never written out to disk, leaving the database file
6582       ** undersized. Fix this now if it is the case.  */
6583       if( pPager->dbSize>pPager->dbFileSize ){
6584         Pgno nNew = pPager->dbSize - (pPager->dbSize==PAGER_SJ_PGNO(pPager));
6585         assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD );
6586         rc = pager_truncate(pPager, nNew);
6587         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
6588       }
6589 
6590       /* Finally, sync the database file. */
6591       if( !noSync ){
6592         rc = sqlite3PagerSync(pPager, zSuper);
6593       }
6594       IOTRACE(("DBSYNC %p\n", pPager))
6595     }
6596   }
6597 
6598 commit_phase_one_exit:
6599   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
6600     pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED;
6601   }
6602   return rc;
6603 }
6604 
6605 
6606 /*
6607 ** When this function is called, the database file has been completely
6608 ** updated to reflect the changes made by the current transaction and
6609 ** synced to disk. The journal file still exists in the file-system
6610 ** though, and if a failure occurs at this point it will eventually
6611 ** be used as a hot-journal and the current transaction rolled back.
6612 **
6613 ** This function finalizes the journal file, either by deleting,
6614 ** truncating or partially zeroing it, so that it cannot be used
6615 ** for hot-journal rollback. Once this is done the transaction is
6616 ** irrevocably committed.
6617 **
6618 ** If an error occurs, an IO error code is returned and the pager
6619 ** moves into the error state. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is returned.
6620 */
6621 int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(Pager *pPager){
6622   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                  /* Return code */
6623 
6624   /* This routine should not be called if a prior error has occurred.
6625   ** But if (due to a coding error elsewhere in the system) it does get
6626   ** called, just return the same error code without doing anything. */
6627   if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode;
6628   pPager->iDataVersion++;
6629 
6630   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
6631        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED
6632        || (pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD)
6633   );
6634   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6635 
6636   /* An optimization. If the database was not actually modified during
6637   ** this transaction, the pager is running in exclusive-mode and is
6638   ** using persistent journals, then this function is a no-op.
6639   **
6640   ** The start of the journal file currently contains a single journal
6641   ** header with the nRec field set to 0. If such a journal is used as
6642   ** a hot-journal during hot-journal rollback, 0 changes will be made
6643   ** to the database file. So there is no need to zero the journal
6644   ** header. Since the pager is in exclusive mode, there is no need
6645   ** to drop any locks either.
6646   */
6647   if( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
6648    && pPager->exclusiveMode
6649    && pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
6650   ){
6651     assert( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) || !pPager->journalOff );
6652     pPager->eState = PAGER_READER;
6653     return SQLITE_OK;
6654   }
6655 
6656   PAGERTRACE(("COMMIT %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
6657   rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, pPager->setSuper, 1);
6658   return pager_error(pPager, rc);
6659 }
6660 
6661 /*
6662 ** If a write transaction is open, then all changes made within the
6663 ** transaction are reverted and the current write-transaction is closed.
6664 ** The pager falls back to PAGER_READER state if successful, or PAGER_ERROR
6665 ** state if an error occurs.
6666 **
6667 ** If the pager is already in PAGER_ERROR state when this function is called,
6668 ** it returns Pager.errCode immediately. No work is performed in this case.
6669 **
6670 ** Otherwise, in rollback mode, this function performs two functions:
6671 **
6672 **   1) It rolls back the journal file, restoring all database file and
6673 **      in-memory cache pages to the state they were in when the transaction
6674 **      was opened, and
6675 **
6676 **   2) It finalizes the journal file, so that it is not used for hot
6677 **      rollback at any point in the future.
6678 **
6679 ** Finalization of the journal file (task 2) is only performed if the
6680 ** rollback is successful.
6681 **
6682 ** In WAL mode, all cache-entries containing data modified within the
6683 ** current transaction are either expelled from the cache or reverted to
6684 ** their pre-transaction state by re-reading data from the database or
6685 ** WAL files. The WAL transaction is then closed.
6686 */
6687 int sqlite3PagerRollback(Pager *pPager){
6688   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                  /* Return code */
6689   PAGERTRACE(("ROLLBACK %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
6690 
6691   /* PagerRollback() is a no-op if called in READER or OPEN state. If
6692   ** the pager is already in the ERROR state, the rollback is not
6693   ** attempted here. Instead, the error code is returned to the caller.
6694   */
6695   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6696   if( pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR ) return pPager->errCode;
6697   if( pPager->eState<=PAGER_READER ) return SQLITE_OK;
6698 
6699   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
6700     int rc2;
6701     rc = sqlite3PagerSavepoint(pPager, SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, -1);
6702     rc2 = pager_end_transaction(pPager, pPager->setSuper, 0);
6703     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2;
6704   }else if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){
6705     int eState = pPager->eState;
6706     rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, 0, 0);
6707     if( !MEMDB && eState>PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){
6708       /* This can happen using journal_mode=off. Move the pager to the error
6709       ** state to indicate that the contents of the cache may not be trusted.
6710       ** Any active readers will get SQLITE_ABORT.
6711       */
6712       pPager->errCode = SQLITE_ABORT;
6713       pPager->eState = PAGER_ERROR;
6714       setGetterMethod(pPager);
6715       return rc;
6716     }
6717   }else{
6718     rc = pager_playback(pPager, 0);
6719   }
6720 
6721   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || rc!=SQLITE_OK );
6722   assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_FULL || rc==SQLITE_CORRUPT
6723           || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || (rc&0xFF)==SQLITE_IOERR
6724           || rc==SQLITE_CANTOPEN
6725   );
6726 
6727   /* If an error occurs during a ROLLBACK, we can no longer trust the pager
6728   ** cache. So call pager_error() on the way out to make any error persistent.
6729   */
6730   return pager_error(pPager, rc);
6731 }
6732 
6733 /*
6734 ** Return TRUE if the database file is opened read-only.  Return FALSE
6735 ** if the database is (in theory) writable.
6736 */
6737 u8 sqlite3PagerIsreadonly(Pager *pPager){
6738   return pPager->readOnly;
6739 }
6740 
6741 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
6742 /*
6743 ** Return the sum of the reference counts for all pages held by pPager.
6744 */
6745 int sqlite3PagerRefcount(Pager *pPager){
6746   return sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache);
6747 }
6748 #endif
6749 
6750 /*
6751 ** Return the approximate number of bytes of memory currently
6752 ** used by the pager and its associated cache.
6753 */
6754 int sqlite3PagerMemUsed(Pager *pPager){
6755   int perPageSize = pPager->pageSize + pPager->nExtra
6756     + (int)(sizeof(PgHdr) + 5*sizeof(void*));
6757   return perPageSize*sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache)
6758            + sqlite3MallocSize(pPager)
6759            + pPager->pageSize;
6760 }
6761 
6762 /*
6763 ** Return the number of references to the specified page.
6764 */
6765 int sqlite3PagerPageRefcount(DbPage *pPage){
6766   return sqlite3PcachePageRefcount(pPage);
6767 }
6768 
6769 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
6770 /*
6771 ** This routine is used for testing and analysis only.
6772 */
6773 int *sqlite3PagerStats(Pager *pPager){
6774   static int a[11];
6775   a[0] = sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache);
6776   a[1] = sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache);
6777   a[2] = sqlite3PcacheGetCachesize(pPager->pPCache);
6778   a[3] = pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ? -1 : (int) pPager->dbSize;
6779   a[4] = pPager->eState;
6780   a[5] = pPager->errCode;
6781   a[6] = pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_HIT];
6782   a[7] = pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_MISS];
6783   a[8] = 0;  /* Used to be pPager->nOvfl */
6784   a[9] = pPager->nRead;
6785   a[10] = pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE];
6786   return a;
6787 }
6788 #endif
6789 
6790 /*
6791 ** Parameter eStat must be one of SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT, _MISS, _WRITE,
6792 ** or _WRITE+1.  The SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE+1 case is a translation
6793 ** of SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_SPILL.  The _SPILL case is not contiguous because
6794 ** it was added later.
6795 **
6796 ** Before returning, *pnVal is incremented by the
6797 ** current cache hit or miss count, according to the value of eStat. If the
6798 ** reset parameter is non-zero, the cache hit or miss count is zeroed before
6799 ** returning.
6800 */
6801 void sqlite3PagerCacheStat(Pager *pPager, int eStat, int reset, int *pnVal){
6802 
6803   assert( eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT
6804        || eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS
6805        || eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE
6806        || eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE+1
6807   );
6808 
6809   assert( SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT+1==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS );
6810   assert( SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT+2==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE );
6811   assert( PAGER_STAT_HIT==0 && PAGER_STAT_MISS==1
6812            && PAGER_STAT_WRITE==2 && PAGER_STAT_SPILL==3 );
6813 
6814   eStat -= SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT;
6815   *pnVal += pPager->aStat[eStat];
6816   if( reset ){
6817     pPager->aStat[eStat] = 0;
6818   }
6819 }
6820 
6821 /*
6822 ** Return true if this is an in-memory or temp-file backed pager.
6823 */
6824 int sqlite3PagerIsMemdb(Pager *pPager){
6825   return pPager->tempFile || pPager->memVfs;
6826 }
6827 
6828 /*
6829 ** Check that there are at least nSavepoint savepoints open. If there are
6830 ** currently less than nSavepoints open, then open one or more savepoints
6831 ** to make up the difference. If the number of savepoints is already
6832 ** equal to nSavepoint, then this function is a no-op.
6833 **
6834 ** If a memory allocation fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. If an error
6835 ** occurs while opening the sub-journal file, then an IO error code is
6836 ** returned. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK.
6837 */
6838 static SQLITE_NOINLINE int pagerOpenSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int nSavepoint){
6839   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                       /* Return code */
6840   int nCurrent = pPager->nSavepoint;        /* Current number of savepoints */
6841   int ii;                                   /* Iterator variable */
6842   PagerSavepoint *aNew;                     /* New Pager.aSavepoint array */
6843 
6844   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
6845   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6846   assert( nSavepoint>nCurrent && pPager->useJournal );
6847 
6848   /* Grow the Pager.aSavepoint array using realloc(). Return SQLITE_NOMEM
6849   ** if the allocation fails. Otherwise, zero the new portion in case a
6850   ** malloc failure occurs while populating it in the for(...) loop below.
6851   */
6852   aNew = (PagerSavepoint *)sqlite3Realloc(
6853       pPager->aSavepoint, sizeof(PagerSavepoint)*nSavepoint
6854   );
6855   if( !aNew ){
6856     return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
6857   }
6858   memset(&aNew[nCurrent], 0, (nSavepoint-nCurrent) * sizeof(PagerSavepoint));
6859   pPager->aSavepoint = aNew;
6860 
6861   /* Populate the PagerSavepoint structures just allocated. */
6862   for(ii=nCurrent; ii<nSavepoint; ii++){
6863     aNew[ii].nOrig = pPager->dbSize;
6864     if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalOff>0 ){
6865       aNew[ii].iOffset = pPager->journalOff;
6866     }else{
6867       aNew[ii].iOffset = JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
6868     }
6869     aNew[ii].iSubRec = pPager->nSubRec;
6870     aNew[ii].pInSavepoint = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pPager->dbSize);
6871     aNew[ii].bTruncateOnRelease = 1;
6872     if( !aNew[ii].pInSavepoint ){
6873       return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
6874     }
6875     if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
6876       sqlite3WalSavepoint(pPager->pWal, aNew[ii].aWalData);
6877     }
6878     pPager->nSavepoint = ii+1;
6879   }
6880   assert( pPager->nSavepoint==nSavepoint );
6881   assertTruncateConstraint(pPager);
6882   return rc;
6883 }
6884 int sqlite3PagerOpenSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int nSavepoint){
6885   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
6886   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6887 
6888   if( nSavepoint>pPager->nSavepoint && pPager->useJournal ){
6889     return pagerOpenSavepoint(pPager, nSavepoint);
6890   }else{
6891     return SQLITE_OK;
6892   }
6893 }
6894 
6895 
6896 /*
6897 ** This function is called to rollback or release (commit) a savepoint.
6898 ** The savepoint to release or rollback need not be the most recently
6899 ** created savepoint.
6900 **
6901 ** Parameter op is always either SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK or SAVEPOINT_RELEASE.
6902 ** If it is SAVEPOINT_RELEASE, then release and destroy the savepoint with
6903 ** index iSavepoint. If it is SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, then rollback all changes
6904 ** that have occurred since the specified savepoint was created.
6905 **
6906 ** The savepoint to rollback or release is identified by parameter
6907 ** iSavepoint. A value of 0 means to operate on the outermost savepoint
6908 ** (the first created). A value of (Pager.nSavepoint-1) means operate
6909 ** on the most recently created savepoint. If iSavepoint is greater than
6910 ** (Pager.nSavepoint-1), then this function is a no-op.
6911 **
6912 ** If a negative value is passed to this function, then the current
6913 ** transaction is rolled back. This is different to calling
6914 ** sqlite3PagerRollback() because this function does not terminate
6915 ** the transaction or unlock the database, it just restores the
6916 ** contents of the database to its original state.
6917 **
6918 ** In any case, all savepoints with an index greater than iSavepoint
6919 ** are destroyed. If this is a release operation (op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE),
6920 ** then savepoint iSavepoint is also destroyed.
6921 **
6922 ** This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM if a memory allocation fails,
6923 ** or an IO error code if an IO error occurs while rolling back a
6924 ** savepoint. If no errors occur, SQLITE_OK is returned.
6925 */
6926 int sqlite3PagerSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int op, int iSavepoint){
6927   int rc = pPager->errCode;
6928 
6929 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS
6930   if( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ) rc = SQLITE_OK;
6931 #endif
6932 
6933   assert( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE || op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK );
6934   assert( iSavepoint>=0 || op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK );
6935 
6936   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iSavepoint<pPager->nSavepoint ){
6937     int ii;            /* Iterator variable */
6938     int nNew;          /* Number of remaining savepoints after this op. */
6939 
6940     /* Figure out how many savepoints will still be active after this
6941     ** operation. Store this value in nNew. Then free resources associated
6942     ** with any savepoints that are destroyed by this operation.
6943     */
6944     nNew = iSavepoint + (( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ) ? 0 : 1);
6945     for(ii=nNew; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){
6946       sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->aSavepoint[ii].pInSavepoint);
6947     }
6948     pPager->nSavepoint = nNew;
6949 
6950     /* Truncate the sub-journal so that it only includes the parts
6951     ** that are still in use. */
6952     if( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ){
6953       PagerSavepoint *pRel = &pPager->aSavepoint[nNew];
6954       if( pRel->bTruncateOnRelease && isOpen(pPager->sjfd) ){
6955         /* Only truncate if it is an in-memory sub-journal. */
6956         if( sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->sjfd) ){
6957           i64 sz = (pPager->pageSize+4)*(i64)pRel->iSubRec;
6958           rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->sjfd, sz);
6959           assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
6960         }
6961         pPager->nSubRec = pRel->iSubRec;
6962       }
6963     }
6964     /* Else this is a rollback operation, playback the specified savepoint.
6965     ** If this is a temp-file, it is possible that the journal file has
6966     ** not yet been opened. In this case there have been no changes to
6967     ** the database file, so the playback operation can be skipped.
6968     */
6969     else if( pagerUseWal(pPager) || isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
6970       PagerSavepoint *pSavepoint = (nNew==0)?0:&pPager->aSavepoint[nNew-1];
6971       rc = pagerPlaybackSavepoint(pPager, pSavepoint);
6972       assert(rc!=SQLITE_DONE);
6973     }
6974 
6975 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS
6976     /* If the cache has been modified but the savepoint cannot be rolled
6977     ** back journal_mode=off, put the pager in the error state. This way,
6978     ** if the VFS used by this pager includes ZipVFS, the entire transaction
6979     ** can be rolled back at the ZipVFS level.  */
6980     else if(
6981         pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
6982      && pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
6983     ){
6984       pPager->errCode = SQLITE_ABORT;
6985       pPager->eState = PAGER_ERROR;
6986       setGetterMethod(pPager);
6987     }
6988 #endif
6989   }
6990 
6991   return rc;
6992 }
6993 
6994 /*
6995 ** Return the full pathname of the database file.
6996 **
6997 ** Except, if the pager is in-memory only, then return an empty string if
6998 ** nullIfMemDb is true.  This routine is called with nullIfMemDb==1 when
6999 ** used to report the filename to the user, for compatibility with legacy
7000 ** behavior.  But when the Btree needs to know the filename for matching to
7001 ** shared cache, it uses nullIfMemDb==0 so that in-memory databases can
7002 ** participate in shared-cache.
7003 **
7004 ** The return value to this routine is always safe to use with
7005 ** sqlite3_uri_parameter() and sqlite3_filename_database() and friends.
7006 */
7007 const char *sqlite3PagerFilename(const Pager *pPager, int nullIfMemDb){
7008   static const char zFake[8] = { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 };
7009   return (nullIfMemDb && pPager->memDb) ? &zFake[4] : pPager->zFilename;
7010 }
7011 
7012 /*
7013 ** Return the VFS structure for the pager.
7014 */
7015 sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3PagerVfs(Pager *pPager){
7016   return pPager->pVfs;
7017 }
7018 
7019 /*
7020 ** Return the file handle for the database file associated
7021 ** with the pager.  This might return NULL if the file has
7022 ** not yet been opened.
7023 */
7024 sqlite3_file *sqlite3PagerFile(Pager *pPager){
7025   return pPager->fd;
7026 }
7027 
7028 /*
7029 ** Return the file handle for the journal file (if it exists).
7030 ** This will be either the rollback journal or the WAL file.
7031 */
7032 sqlite3_file *sqlite3PagerJrnlFile(Pager *pPager){
7033 #if SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
7034   return pPager->jfd;
7035 #else
7036   return pPager->pWal ? sqlite3WalFile(pPager->pWal) : pPager->jfd;
7037 #endif
7038 }
7039 
7040 /*
7041 ** Return the full pathname of the journal file.
7042 */
7043 const char *sqlite3PagerJournalname(Pager *pPager){
7044   return pPager->zJournal;
7045 }
7046 
7047 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
7048 /*
7049 ** Move the page pPg to location pgno in the file.
7050 **
7051 ** There must be no references to the page previously located at
7052 ** pgno (which we call pPgOld) though that page is allowed to be
7053 ** in cache.  If the page previously located at pgno is not already
7054 ** in the rollback journal, it is not put there by by this routine.
7055 **
7056 ** References to the page pPg remain valid. Updating any
7057 ** meta-data associated with pPg (i.e. data stored in the nExtra bytes
7058 ** allocated along with the page) is the responsibility of the caller.
7059 **
7060 ** A transaction must be active when this routine is called. It used to be
7061 ** required that a statement transaction was not active, but this restriction
7062 ** has been removed (CREATE INDEX needs to move a page when a statement
7063 ** transaction is active).
7064 **
7065 ** If the fourth argument, isCommit, is non-zero, then this page is being
7066 ** moved as part of a database reorganization just before the transaction
7067 ** is being committed. In this case, it is guaranteed that the database page
7068 ** pPg refers to will not be written to again within this transaction.
7069 **
7070 ** This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM or an IO error code if an error
7071 ** occurs. Otherwise, it returns SQLITE_OK.
7072 */
7073 int sqlite3PagerMovepage(Pager *pPager, DbPage *pPg, Pgno pgno, int isCommit){
7074   PgHdr *pPgOld;               /* The page being overwritten. */
7075   Pgno needSyncPgno = 0;       /* Old value of pPg->pgno, if sync is required */
7076   int rc;                      /* Return code */
7077   Pgno origPgno;               /* The original page number */
7078 
7079   assert( pPg->nRef>0 );
7080   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
7081        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
7082   );
7083   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
7084 
7085   /* In order to be able to rollback, an in-memory database must journal
7086   ** the page we are moving from.
7087   */
7088   assert( pPager->tempFile || !MEMDB );
7089   if( pPager->tempFile ){
7090     rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPg);
7091     if( rc ) return rc;
7092   }
7093 
7094   /* If the page being moved is dirty and has not been saved by the latest
7095   ** savepoint, then save the current contents of the page into the
7096   ** sub-journal now. This is required to handle the following scenario:
7097   **
7098   **   BEGIN;
7099   **     <journal page X, then modify it in memory>
7100   **     SAVEPOINT one;
7101   **       <Move page X to location Y>
7102   **     ROLLBACK TO one;
7103   **
7104   ** If page X were not written to the sub-journal here, it would not
7105   ** be possible to restore its contents when the "ROLLBACK TO one"
7106   ** statement were is processed.
7107   **
7108   ** subjournalPage() may need to allocate space to store pPg->pgno into
7109   ** one or more savepoint bitvecs. This is the reason this function
7110   ** may return SQLITE_NOMEM.
7111   */
7112   if( (pPg->flags & PGHDR_DIRTY)!=0
7113    && SQLITE_OK!=(rc = subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg))
7114   ){
7115     return rc;
7116   }
7117 
7118   PAGERTRACE(("MOVE %d page %d (needSync=%d) moves to %d\n",
7119       PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno, (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0, pgno));
7120   IOTRACE(("MOVE %p %d %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno, pgno))
7121 
7122   /* If the journal needs to be sync()ed before page pPg->pgno can
7123   ** be written to, store pPg->pgno in local variable needSyncPgno.
7124   **
7125   ** If the isCommit flag is set, there is no need to remember that
7126   ** the journal needs to be sync()ed before database page pPg->pgno
7127   ** can be written to. The caller has already promised not to write to it.
7128   */
7129   if( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC) && !isCommit ){
7130     needSyncPgno = pPg->pgno;
7131     assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ||
7132             pageInJournal(pPager, pPg) || pPg->pgno>pPager->dbOrigSize );
7133     assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY );
7134   }
7135 
7136   /* If the cache contains a page with page-number pgno, remove it
7137   ** from its hash chain. Also, if the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag was set for
7138   ** page pgno before the 'move' operation, it needs to be retained
7139   ** for the page moved there.
7140   */
7141   pPg->flags &= ~PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
7142   pPgOld = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pgno);
7143   assert( !pPgOld || pPgOld->nRef==1 || CORRUPT_DB );
7144   if( pPgOld ){
7145     if( NEVER(pPgOld->nRef>1) ){
7146       sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPgOld);
7147       return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
7148     }
7149     pPg->flags |= (pPgOld->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC);
7150     if( pPager->tempFile ){
7151       /* Do not discard pages from an in-memory database since we might
7152       ** need to rollback later.  Just move the page out of the way. */
7153       sqlite3PcacheMove(pPgOld, pPager->dbSize+1);
7154     }else{
7155       sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPgOld);
7156     }
7157   }
7158 
7159   origPgno = pPg->pgno;
7160   sqlite3PcacheMove(pPg, pgno);
7161   sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg);
7162 
7163   /* For an in-memory database, make sure the original page continues
7164   ** to exist, in case the transaction needs to roll back.  Use pPgOld
7165   ** as the original page since it has already been allocated.
7166   */
7167   if( pPager->tempFile && pPgOld ){
7168     sqlite3PcacheMove(pPgOld, origPgno);
7169     sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPgOld);
7170   }
7171 
7172   if( needSyncPgno ){
7173     /* If needSyncPgno is non-zero, then the journal file needs to be
7174     ** sync()ed before any data is written to database file page needSyncPgno.
7175     ** Currently, no such page exists in the page-cache and the
7176     ** "is journaled" bitvec flag has been set. This needs to be remedied by
7177     ** loading the page into the pager-cache and setting the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC
7178     ** flag.
7179     **
7180     ** If the attempt to load the page into the page-cache fails, (due
7181     ** to a malloc() or IO failure), clear the bit in the pInJournal[]
7182     ** array. Otherwise, if the page is loaded and written again in
7183     ** this transaction, it may be written to the database file before
7184     ** it is synced into the journal file. This way, it may end up in
7185     ** the journal file twice, but that is not a problem.
7186     */
7187     PgHdr *pPgHdr;
7188     rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, needSyncPgno, &pPgHdr, 0);
7189     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
7190       if( needSyncPgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize ){
7191         assert( pPager->pTmpSpace!=0 );
7192         sqlite3BitvecClear(pPager->pInJournal, needSyncPgno, pPager->pTmpSpace);
7193       }
7194       return rc;
7195     }
7196     pPgHdr->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
7197     sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPgHdr);
7198     sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPgHdr);
7199   }
7200 
7201   return SQLITE_OK;
7202 }
7203 #endif
7204 
7205 /*
7206 ** The page handle passed as the first argument refers to a dirty page
7207 ** with a page number other than iNew. This function changes the page's
7208 ** page number to iNew and sets the value of the PgHdr.flags field to
7209 ** the value passed as the third parameter.
7210 */
7211 void sqlite3PagerRekey(DbPage *pPg, Pgno iNew, u16 flags){
7212   assert( pPg->pgno!=iNew );
7213   pPg->flags = flags;
7214   sqlite3PcacheMove(pPg, iNew);
7215 }
7216 
7217 /*
7218 ** Return a pointer to the data for the specified page.
7219 */
7220 void *sqlite3PagerGetData(DbPage *pPg){
7221   assert( pPg->nRef>0 || pPg->pPager->memDb );
7222   return pPg->pData;
7223 }
7224 
7225 /*
7226 ** Return a pointer to the Pager.nExtra bytes of "extra" space
7227 ** allocated along with the specified page.
7228 */
7229 void *sqlite3PagerGetExtra(DbPage *pPg){
7230   return pPg->pExtra;
7231 }
7232 
7233 /*
7234 ** Get/set the locking-mode for this pager. Parameter eMode must be one
7235 ** of PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY, PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL or
7236 ** PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE. If the parameter is not _QUERY, then
7237 ** the locking-mode is set to the value specified.
7238 **
7239 ** The returned value is either PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL or
7240 ** PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE, indicating the current (possibly updated)
7241 ** locking-mode.
7242 */
7243 int sqlite3PagerLockingMode(Pager *pPager, int eMode){
7244   assert( eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY
7245             || eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL
7246             || eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE );
7247   assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY<0 );
7248   assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL>=0 && PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE>=0 );
7249   assert( pPager->exclusiveMode || 0==sqlite3WalHeapMemory(pPager->pWal) );
7250   if( eMode>=0 && !pPager->tempFile && !sqlite3WalHeapMemory(pPager->pWal) ){
7251     pPager->exclusiveMode = (u8)eMode;
7252   }
7253   return (int)pPager->exclusiveMode;
7254 }
7255 
7256 /*
7257 ** Set the journal-mode for this pager. Parameter eMode must be one of:
7258 **
7259 **    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE
7260 **    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE
7261 **    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
7262 **    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
7263 **    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
7264 **    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
7265 **
7266 ** The journalmode is set to the value specified if the change is allowed.
7267 ** The change may be disallowed for the following reasons:
7268 **
7269 **   *  An in-memory database can only have its journal_mode set to _OFF
7270 **      or _MEMORY.
7271 **
7272 **   *  Temporary databases cannot have _WAL journalmode.
7273 **
7274 ** The returned indicate the current (possibly updated) journal-mode.
7275 */
7276 int sqlite3PagerSetJournalMode(Pager *pPager, int eMode){
7277   u8 eOld = pPager->journalMode;    /* Prior journalmode */
7278 
7279   /* The eMode parameter is always valid */
7280   assert(      eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE    /* 0 */
7281             || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST   /* 1 */
7282             || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF       /* 2 */
7283             || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE  /* 3 */
7284             || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY    /* 4 */
7285             || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL       /* 5 */ );
7286 
7287   /* This routine is only called from the OP_JournalMode opcode, and
7288   ** the logic there will never allow a temporary file to be changed
7289   ** to WAL mode.
7290   */
7291   assert( pPager->tempFile==0 || eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL );
7292 
7293   /* Do allow the journalmode of an in-memory database to be set to
7294   ** anything other than MEMORY or OFF
7295   */
7296   if( MEMDB ){
7297     assert( eOld==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY || eOld==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF );
7298     if( eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY && eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){
7299       eMode = eOld;
7300     }
7301   }
7302 
7303   if( eMode!=eOld ){
7304 
7305     /* Change the journal mode. */
7306     assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
7307     pPager->journalMode = (u8)eMode;
7308 
7309     /* When transistioning from TRUNCATE or PERSIST to any other journal
7310     ** mode except WAL, unless the pager is in locking_mode=exclusive mode,
7311     ** delete the journal file.
7312     */
7313     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE & 5)==1 );
7314     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST & 5)==1 );
7315     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE & 5)==0 );
7316     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY & 5)==4 );
7317     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF & 5)==0 );
7318     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL & 5)==5 );
7319 
7320     assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->exclusiveMode );
7321     if( !pPager->exclusiveMode && (eOld & 5)==1 && (eMode & 1)==0 ){
7322       /* In this case we would like to delete the journal file. If it is
7323       ** not possible, then that is not a problem. Deleting the journal file
7324       ** here is an optimization only.
7325       **
7326       ** Before deleting the journal file, obtain a RESERVED lock on the
7327       ** database file. This ensures that the journal file is not deleted
7328       ** while it is in use by some other client.
7329       */
7330       sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
7331       if( pPager->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK ){
7332         sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0);
7333       }else{
7334         int rc = SQLITE_OK;
7335         int state = pPager->eState;
7336         assert( state==PAGER_OPEN || state==PAGER_READER );
7337         if( state==PAGER_OPEN ){
7338           rc = sqlite3PagerSharedLock(pPager);
7339         }
7340         if( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER ){
7341           assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
7342           rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK);
7343         }
7344         if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
7345           sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0);
7346         }
7347         if( rc==SQLITE_OK && state==PAGER_READER ){
7348           pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
7349         }else if( state==PAGER_OPEN ){
7350           pager_unlock(pPager);
7351         }
7352         assert( state==pPager->eState );
7353       }
7354     }else if( eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){
7355       sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
7356     }
7357   }
7358 
7359   /* Return the new journal mode */
7360   return (int)pPager->journalMode;
7361 }
7362 
7363 /*
7364 ** Return the current journal mode.
7365 */
7366 int sqlite3PagerGetJournalMode(Pager *pPager){
7367   return (int)pPager->journalMode;
7368 }
7369 
7370 /*
7371 ** Return TRUE if the pager is in a state where it is OK to change the
7372 ** journalmode.  Journalmode changes can only happen when the database
7373 ** is unmodified.
7374 */
7375 int sqlite3PagerOkToChangeJournalMode(Pager *pPager){
7376   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
7377   if( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ) return 0;
7378   if( NEVER(isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalOff>0) ) return 0;
7379   return 1;
7380 }
7381 
7382 /*
7383 ** Get/set the size-limit used for persistent journal files.
7384 **
7385 ** Setting the size limit to -1 means no limit is enforced.
7386 ** An attempt to set a limit smaller than -1 is a no-op.
7387 */
7388 i64 sqlite3PagerJournalSizeLimit(Pager *pPager, i64 iLimit){
7389   if( iLimit>=-1 ){
7390     pPager->journalSizeLimit = iLimit;
7391     sqlite3WalLimit(pPager->pWal, iLimit);
7392   }
7393   return pPager->journalSizeLimit;
7394 }
7395 
7396 /*
7397 ** Return a pointer to the pPager->pBackup variable. The backup module
7398 ** in backup.c maintains the content of this variable. This module
7399 ** uses it opaquely as an argument to sqlite3BackupRestart() and
7400 ** sqlite3BackupUpdate() only.
7401 */
7402 sqlite3_backup **sqlite3PagerBackupPtr(Pager *pPager){
7403   return &pPager->pBackup;
7404 }
7405 
7406 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM
7407 /*
7408 ** Unless this is an in-memory or temporary database, clear the pager cache.
7409 */
7410 void sqlite3PagerClearCache(Pager *pPager){
7411   assert( MEMDB==0 || pPager->tempFile );
7412   if( pPager->tempFile==0 ) pager_reset(pPager);
7413 }
7414 #endif
7415 
7416 
7417 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
7418 /*
7419 ** This function is called when the user invokes "PRAGMA wal_checkpoint",
7420 ** "PRAGMA wal_blocking_checkpoint" or calls the sqlite3_wal_checkpoint()
7421 ** or wal_blocking_checkpoint() API functions.
7422 **
7423 ** Parameter eMode is one of SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE, FULL or RESTART.
7424 */
7425 int sqlite3PagerCheckpoint(
7426   Pager *pPager,                  /* Checkpoint on this pager */
7427   sqlite3 *db,                    /* Db handle used to check for interrupts */
7428   int eMode,                      /* Type of checkpoint */
7429   int *pnLog,                     /* OUT: Final number of frames in log */
7430   int *pnCkpt                     /* OUT: Final number of checkpointed frames */
7431 ){
7432   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
7433   if( pPager->pWal==0 && pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ){
7434     /* This only happens when a database file is zero bytes in size opened and
7435     ** then "PRAGMA journal_mode=WAL" is run and then sqlite3_wal_checkpoint()
7436     ** is invoked without any intervening transactions.  We need to start
7437     ** a transaction to initialize pWal.  The PRAGMA table_list statement is
7438     ** used for this since it starts transactions on every database file,
7439     ** including all ATTACHed databases.  This seems expensive for a single
7440     ** sqlite3_wal_checkpoint() call, but it happens very rarely.
7441     ** https://sqlite.org/forum/forumpost/fd0f19d229156939
7442     */
7443     sqlite3_exec(db, "PRAGMA table_list",0,0,0);
7444   }
7445   if( pPager->pWal ){
7446     rc = sqlite3WalCheckpoint(pPager->pWal, db, eMode,
7447         (eMode==SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE ? 0 : pPager->xBusyHandler),
7448         pPager->pBusyHandlerArg,
7449         pPager->walSyncFlags, pPager->pageSize, (u8 *)pPager->pTmpSpace,
7450         pnLog, pnCkpt
7451     );
7452   }
7453   return rc;
7454 }
7455 
7456 int sqlite3PagerWalCallback(Pager *pPager){
7457   return sqlite3WalCallback(pPager->pWal);
7458 }
7459 
7460 /*
7461 ** Return true if the underlying VFS for the given pager supports the
7462 ** primitives necessary for write-ahead logging.
7463 */
7464 int sqlite3PagerWalSupported(Pager *pPager){
7465   const sqlite3_io_methods *pMethods = pPager->fd->pMethods;
7466   if( pPager->noLock ) return 0;
7467   return pPager->exclusiveMode || (pMethods->iVersion>=2 && pMethods->xShmMap);
7468 }
7469 
7470 /*
7471 ** Attempt to take an exclusive lock on the database file. If a PENDING lock
7472 ** is obtained instead, immediately release it.
7473 */
7474 static int pagerExclusiveLock(Pager *pPager){
7475   int rc;                         /* Return code */
7476 
7477   assert( pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK || pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
7478   rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
7479   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
7480     /* If the attempt to grab the exclusive lock failed, release the
7481     ** pending lock that may have been obtained instead.  */
7482     pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
7483   }
7484 
7485   return rc;
7486 }
7487 
7488 /*
7489 ** Call sqlite3WalOpen() to open the WAL handle. If the pager is in
7490 ** exclusive-locking mode when this function is called, take an EXCLUSIVE
7491 ** lock on the database file and use heap-memory to store the wal-index
7492 ** in. Otherwise, use the normal shared-memory.
7493 */
7494 static int pagerOpenWal(Pager *pPager){
7495   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
7496 
7497   assert( pPager->pWal==0 && pPager->tempFile==0 );
7498   assert( pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK || pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
7499 
7500   /* If the pager is already in exclusive-mode, the WAL module will use
7501   ** heap-memory for the wal-index instead of the VFS shared-memory
7502   ** implementation. Take the exclusive lock now, before opening the WAL
7503   ** file, to make sure this is safe.
7504   */
7505   if( pPager->exclusiveMode ){
7506     rc = pagerExclusiveLock(pPager);
7507   }
7508 
7509   /* Open the connection to the log file. If this operation fails,
7510   ** (e.g. due to malloc() failure), return an error code.
7511   */
7512   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
7513     rc = sqlite3WalOpen(pPager->pVfs,
7514         pPager->fd, pPager->zWal, pPager->exclusiveMode,
7515         pPager->journalSizeLimit, &pPager->pWal
7516     );
7517   }
7518   pagerFixMaplimit(pPager);
7519 
7520   return rc;
7521 }
7522 
7523 
7524 /*
7525 ** The caller must be holding a SHARED lock on the database file to call
7526 ** this function.
7527 **
7528 ** If the pager passed as the first argument is open on a real database
7529 ** file (not a temp file or an in-memory database), and the WAL file
7530 ** is not already open, make an attempt to open it now. If successful,
7531 ** return SQLITE_OK. If an error occurs or the VFS used by the pager does
7532 ** not support the xShmXXX() methods, return an error code. *pbOpen is
7533 ** not modified in either case.
7534 **
7535 ** If the pager is open on a temp-file (or in-memory database), or if
7536 ** the WAL file is already open, set *pbOpen to 1 and return SQLITE_OK
7537 ** without doing anything.
7538 */
7539 int sqlite3PagerOpenWal(
7540   Pager *pPager,                  /* Pager object */
7541   int *pbOpen                     /* OUT: Set to true if call is a no-op */
7542 ){
7543   int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */
7544 
7545   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
7546   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN   || pbOpen );
7547   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || !pbOpen );
7548   assert( pbOpen==0 || *pbOpen==0 );
7549   assert( pbOpen!=0 || (!pPager->tempFile && !pPager->pWal) );
7550 
7551   if( !pPager->tempFile && !pPager->pWal ){
7552     if( !sqlite3PagerWalSupported(pPager) ) return SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
7553 
7554     /* Close any rollback journal previously open */
7555     sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
7556 
7557     rc = pagerOpenWal(pPager);
7558     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
7559       pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL;
7560       pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
7561     }
7562   }else{
7563     *pbOpen = 1;
7564   }
7565 
7566   return rc;
7567 }
7568 
7569 /*
7570 ** This function is called to close the connection to the log file prior
7571 ** to switching from WAL to rollback mode.
7572 **
7573 ** Before closing the log file, this function attempts to take an
7574 ** EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file. If this cannot be obtained, an
7575 ** error (SQLITE_BUSY) is returned and the log connection is not closed.
7576 ** If successful, the EXCLUSIVE lock is not released before returning.
7577 */
7578 int sqlite3PagerCloseWal(Pager *pPager, sqlite3 *db){
7579   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
7580 
7581   assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL );
7582 
7583   /* If the log file is not already open, but does exist in the file-system,
7584   ** it may need to be checkpointed before the connection can switch to
7585   ** rollback mode. Open it now so this can happen.
7586   */
7587   if( !pPager->pWal ){
7588     int logexists = 0;
7589     rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
7590     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
7591       rc = sqlite3OsAccess(
7592           pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &logexists
7593       );
7594     }
7595     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && logexists ){
7596       rc = pagerOpenWal(pPager);
7597     }
7598   }
7599 
7600   /* Checkpoint and close the log. Because an EXCLUSIVE lock is held on
7601   ** the database file, the log and log-summary files will be deleted.
7602   */
7603   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->pWal ){
7604     rc = pagerExclusiveLock(pPager);
7605     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
7606       rc = sqlite3WalClose(pPager->pWal, db, pPager->walSyncFlags,
7607                            pPager->pageSize, (u8*)pPager->pTmpSpace);
7608       pPager->pWal = 0;
7609       pagerFixMaplimit(pPager);
7610       if( rc && !pPager->exclusiveMode ) pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
7611     }
7612   }
7613   return rc;
7614 }
7615 
7616 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SETLK_TIMEOUT
7617 /*
7618 ** If pager pPager is a wal-mode database not in exclusive locking mode,
7619 ** invoke the sqlite3WalWriteLock() function on the associated Wal object
7620 ** with the same db and bLock parameters as were passed to this function.
7621 ** Return an SQLite error code if an error occurs, or SQLITE_OK otherwise.
7622 */
7623 int sqlite3PagerWalWriteLock(Pager *pPager, int bLock){
7624   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
7625   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->exclusiveMode==0 ){
7626     rc = sqlite3WalWriteLock(pPager->pWal, bLock);
7627   }
7628   return rc;
7629 }
7630 
7631 /*
7632 ** Set the database handle used by the wal layer to determine if
7633 ** blocking locks are required.
7634 */
7635 void sqlite3PagerWalDb(Pager *pPager, sqlite3 *db){
7636   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
7637     sqlite3WalDb(pPager->pWal, db);
7638   }
7639 }
7640 #endif
7641 
7642 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT
7643 /*
7644 ** If this is a WAL database, obtain a snapshot handle for the snapshot
7645 ** currently open. Otherwise, return an error.
7646 */
7647 int sqlite3PagerSnapshotGet(Pager *pPager, sqlite3_snapshot **ppSnapshot){
7648   int rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
7649   if( pPager->pWal ){
7650     rc = sqlite3WalSnapshotGet(pPager->pWal, ppSnapshot);
7651   }
7652   return rc;
7653 }
7654 
7655 /*
7656 ** If this is a WAL database, store a pointer to pSnapshot. Next time a
7657 ** read transaction is opened, attempt to read from the snapshot it
7658 ** identifies. If this is not a WAL database, return an error.
7659 */
7660 int sqlite3PagerSnapshotOpen(
7661   Pager *pPager,
7662   sqlite3_snapshot *pSnapshot
7663 ){
7664   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
7665   if( pPager->pWal ){
7666     sqlite3WalSnapshotOpen(pPager->pWal, pSnapshot);
7667   }else{
7668     rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
7669   }
7670   return rc;
7671 }
7672 
7673 /*
7674 ** If this is a WAL database, call sqlite3WalSnapshotRecover(). If this
7675 ** is not a WAL database, return an error.
7676 */
7677 int sqlite3PagerSnapshotRecover(Pager *pPager){
7678   int rc;
7679   if( pPager->pWal ){
7680     rc = sqlite3WalSnapshotRecover(pPager->pWal);
7681   }else{
7682     rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
7683   }
7684   return rc;
7685 }
7686 
7687 /*
7688 ** The caller currently has a read transaction open on the database.
7689 ** If this is not a WAL database, SQLITE_ERROR is returned. Otherwise,
7690 ** this function takes a SHARED lock on the CHECKPOINTER slot and then
7691 ** checks if the snapshot passed as the second argument is still
7692 ** available. If so, SQLITE_OK is returned.
7693 **
7694 ** If the snapshot is not available, SQLITE_ERROR is returned. Or, if
7695 ** the CHECKPOINTER lock cannot be obtained, SQLITE_BUSY. If any error
7696 ** occurs (any value other than SQLITE_OK is returned), the CHECKPOINTER
7697 ** lock is released before returning.
7698 */
7699 int sqlite3PagerSnapshotCheck(Pager *pPager, sqlite3_snapshot *pSnapshot){
7700   int rc;
7701   if( pPager->pWal ){
7702     rc = sqlite3WalSnapshotCheck(pPager->pWal, pSnapshot);
7703   }else{
7704     rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
7705   }
7706   return rc;
7707 }
7708 
7709 /*
7710 ** Release a lock obtained by an earlier successful call to
7711 ** sqlite3PagerSnapshotCheck().
7712 */
7713 void sqlite3PagerSnapshotUnlock(Pager *pPager){
7714   assert( pPager->pWal );
7715   sqlite3WalSnapshotUnlock(pPager->pWal);
7716 }
7717 
7718 #endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT */
7719 #endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */
7720 
7721 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS
7722 /*
7723 ** A read-lock must be held on the pager when this function is called. If
7724 ** the pager is in WAL mode and the WAL file currently contains one or more
7725 ** frames, return the size in bytes of the page images stored within the
7726 ** WAL frames. Otherwise, if this is not a WAL database or the WAL file
7727 ** is empty, return 0.
7728 */
7729 int sqlite3PagerWalFramesize(Pager *pPager){
7730   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER );
7731   return sqlite3WalFramesize(pPager->pWal);
7732 }
7733 #endif
7734 
7735 #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO */
7736